HARVEY ELECTRONICS INC
10KSB, 1999-01-29
RADIO, TV & CONSUMER ELECTRONICS STORES
Previous: PAUL HARRIS STORES INC, SC 13G/A, 1999-01-29
Next: HORMEL FOODS CORP /DE/, 10-K, 1999-01-29






                                  United States
                       Securities and Exchange Commission
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                   Form 10-KSB

     Annual Report Under Section 13 or 15(d) of The  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934

     For the fiscal year ended October 31, 1998

     Transition Report Under Section 13 or 15(d) of The Securities  Exchange Act
of 1934 for the Transition Period from _____________ to _______________

                           Commission File No. 1-4626

                            Harvey Electronics, Inc.
                 (Name of small business issuer in its charter)

            New York                                     131534671
(State or other jurisdiction of            (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 incorporation or organization)

                 205 Chubb Avenue, Lyndhurst, New Jersey 07071
              (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

     Issuer's telephone number: (201) 842-0078

     Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

     None

     Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:

     Common Stock, $.01 par value
     Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrant
              (Title of Class)

     Check  whether  the issuer (1) filed all  reports  required  to be filed by
Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Exchange  Act during the past 12 months (or for such
shorter period that the  registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2)
has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes No

     Check if there is no disclosure  of  delinquent  filers in response to Item
405 of  Regulation  S-B  contained  in  this  form,  and no  disclosure  will be
contained,  to the best of the  registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-KSB
or any amendment to this Form 10-KSB.

     Check whether the issuer has filed all documents and reports required to be
filed by Section 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the  distribution  of
securities under a plan confirmed by a court. Yes No

     State issuer's revenues for its most recent fiscal year. $17,262,082

     State the number of shares  outstanding of each of the issuer's  classes of
common equity, as of January 8, 1999. 3,282,833

     As of January 8,  1999,  the  aggregate  market  value of the  registrant's
common stock held by non-affiliates  computed by reference to the price at which
the stock was sold was $2,206,713. The shares are currently traded on the NASDAQ
SmallCap  Market  under the symbols  "HRVE" for the Common Stock and "HRVEW" for
the Warrants to purchase Common Stock.


<PAGE>


                                                                            
                                     Part I


     Item 1. Description of Business.

     General

     Harvey Electronics,  Inc. is engaged in the retail sale, service and custom
installation  of high  quality  audio,  video and home  theater  equipment.  The
equipment  includes  high  fidelity  components  and  systems,   video  cassette
recorders  ("VCR"),   digital  versatile  disc  players  ("DVD"),  direct  view,
projection  and  plasma  flat-screen  television  sets,  audio/video  furniture,
digital satellite systems,  conventional telephones and related accessories. The
Company has been engaged in this business in the New York  Metropolitan area for
seventy-one  years. The Company  currently  operates six retail stores.  The two
Manhattan  stores are  located on  Broadway at 19th Street and on 45th Street at
Fifth Avenue.  The Company's  newest stores opened during  November 1998 on Glen
Cove Road in Greenvale,  Long Island and Main Street in Mount Kisco, Westchester
County,  New York. Its other two stores are located on Route 17 in Paramus,  New
Jersey and on West Putnam Avenue in Greenwich, Connecticut.

     The  Company's  stores are  designed to offer an  attractive  and  pleasing
environment  and to display its products in  realistic  home  settings  commonly
known in the industry as "lifestyle home vignettes."  Sales personnel are highly
trained  professionals with extensive product knowledge.  This contrasts sharply
with a more rushed atmosphere and lesser-trained personnel of mass merchants.

     Bankruptcy Proceeding and Reorganization

     On August 3, 1995, the Company (then known as The Harvey Group Inc. and its
subsidiaries)  filed  petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of the United States
Bankruptcy Code with the Bankruptcy Court for the Southern  District of New York
(the "Court").  This filing was the result of certain factors  including but not
limited to: (i) the negative effect of a $2,138,000 judgment entered against the
Company;   (ii)  liabilities   arising  from  The  Harvey  Group  Inc.  and  its
discontinued  food  brokerage  division,  which  remained as  liabilities of the
Company, the payment of which significantly reduced cash; (iii) the recession of
the early 1990's coupled with a soft market in the electronics industry,  all of
which resulted in losses and a shortage of cash flow; and (iv) the delisting (in
June,  1995) of the  Company's  Common Stock from the American  Stock  Exchange,
which delisting rendered a proposed $4.1 million equity placement untenable.

     On November 13, 1996,  the Court  confirmed  the  Company's  Reorganization
Plan. The Effective date of the  Reorganization  Plan was December 26, 1996 (the
"Effective Date of Plan"), at which time the Company emerged from its Chapter 11
reorganization.  At that time,  Harvey Sound,  Inc.,  the Company's  subsidiary,
merged into the Harvey  Group Inc.,  and the merged  entity  changed its name to
Harvey Electronics, Inc.

<PAGE>

     Pursuant to the Reorganization  Plan, as of the Effective Date of Plan, all
of the shares of common and preferred  stock of the Company were  canceled.  The
Company  amended its Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation  to authorize,  for
issuance,  10,010,000 shares of capital stock as follows: (a) 10,000 shares of 8
1/2%  Cumulative  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  with a par value of $1,000  per
share;  and (b)  10,000,000  shares of Common Stock with a par value of $.01 per
share. See "Description of Securities."

     The  Reorganization  Plan also provided for the  distribution of the Common
Stock of the  reorganized  Company as follows:  (a)  2,000,000  shares to Harvey
Acquisition   Company,   L.L.C.   ("HAC")  in   satisfaction  of  $2,822,500  of
subordinated  secured  financing  provided to the Company  during its bankruptcy
proceeding;   (b)  186,306  shares  to  the  Company's  unsecured  creditors  in
satisfaction  of the Company's  pre-petition  obligations  owed to its unsecured
creditors;  (c) 19,962  shares to the  Company's  former  shareholders;  and (d)
51,565  shares  to  InterEquity  Capital  Partners,  L.P.   ("InterEquity"),   a
pre-bankruptcy subordinated secured creditor, in satisfaction of a Court allowed
finder's fee.

     Prepetition amounts from the subordinated secured debtholders,  InterEquity
($600,000) and four  individuals  who purchased the  indebtedness  from National
Westminster  Bank,  USA  ($275,000),  were exchanged for 875 shares of Preferred
Stock, in accordance with the Reorganization Plan.

     Other  significant  provisions of the  Reorganization  Plan  included:  (a)
changing the close of the Company's fiscal year end from the Saturday nearest to
January 31 to the  Saturday  nearest to October 31; and (b)  adoption of a stock
option plan ("Stock Option Plan"),  whereby  options to purchase up to 1,000,000
shares of Common Stock are authorized.

     Sale of Common Stock and Warrants in Public Offering

     On April 7, 1998, the Company completed an issuance of its common stock and
common stock warrants in a public  offering (the  "Offering").  The Offering was
co-managed by The Thornwater Company,  L.P. (the  "Representative"),  which sold
1,200,000  shares of the Company's  common stock of which 1,025,000  shares were
sold  by  the  Company  and  175,000  shares  by  HAC.   2,104,500  of  Warrants
("Warrants")  to acquire  additional  shares of the Company's  common stock were
also sold by the Company. The net proceeds from the Offering, approximately $4.1
million,  are being used for retail store  expansion and general working capital
purposes.

     The net  proceeds  from the  Offering  were used to repay  temporarily  the
Company's  credit  facility  ($2,262,306);  retire the principal  ($350,000) and
interest  ($47,627) of a term loan,  and for retail store  expansion and general
working capital purposes.

     Each  Warrant is  exercisable  for one share of common stock at 110% ($5.50
per share) of the Offering price,  for a period of three years  commencing March
31, 2000. The Warrants are  redeemable (at $0.10 per warrant),  at the Company's
option  commencing  March 31, 2000 if the closing bid price of the common  stock
for 20 consecutive trading days exceeds 150% of the Offering price per share.

<PAGE>

     In late November  1997,  HAC  transferred  85,000 shares of Common Stock to
certain  employees  and  directors  of the  Company and an  individual  who is a
preferred  shareholder  and a member of HAC.  Such transfer has been treated for
accounting purposes as if such shares were issued by the Company as compensation
to such persons.  The Company recorded a deferred  compensation  charge equal to
the fair market value of the shares  ($297,500) and was amortizing  this balance
over a two-year  forfeiture period.  However,  in October 1998, HAC removed this
two-year  forfeiture  provision and the Company  accelerated its charge to stock
compensation  expense. As a result,  $297,500 was recorded to expense for fiscal
1998, of which $209,500 was recorded in the fourth quarter.

     As  compensation  for  the  Offering,   the  underwriters  received  a  10%
commission;  a 3% non-accountable  expense allowance and Warrants for 10% of the
number of shares of common stock and Warrants sold to the public. These Warrants
are   non-exercisable  for  one  year  following  the  Effective  Date  and  are
exercisable thereafter for a period of five years at 120% of the Offering price.
At closing,  the Company  paid the  Representative  $123,660,  representing  the
prepayment of a three-year  financial advisory and consulting  agreement.  As of
October 31, 1998, this financial advisory and consulting  agreement was mutually
terminated.  Additionally,  the  Representative  agreed  to modify  the  lock-up
arrangement with respect to shares owned by the Company's majority  shareholder,
HAC,  and  members  of  management.  The  termination  of the  lock-up  has been
accelerated  to January 1, 1999. As a result,  the Company in the fourth quarter
of fiscal 1998, accelerated the amortization of the prepaid three-year financial
advisory and consulting fee paid to the  Representative and recorded a charge to
operations  of $123,660 for fiscal  1998,  of which  approximately  $110,000 was
recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998.

     Products

     The Company offers its customers a wide selection of high-quality  consumer
audio, video and home theater products,  the distribution of which is limited to
specialty  retailers  (generally  referred  to  in  the  industry  as  "esoteric
brands.")  The Company is one of the  country's  largest  retailers of "esoteric
brands" manufactured by Bang and Olufsen, Marantz, McIntosh, Meridian and Adcom,
whose products the Company has sold for a number of years.  The Company believes
that it benefits from strong working relationships with these manufacturers. See
page 6, below, for a discussion about Bang & Olufsen.

     For the fifty-two weeks ended October 31, 1998, the Company's audio product
sales represented approximately 72% of the Company's net sales and yielded gross
profit  margins  of  approximately   40%.  The  Company's  video  product  sales
represented  approximately  25% of the  Company's  net sales and  yielded  gross
profit  margins  of   approximately   26%.  The  Company  also  provides  custom
installation  of  products  it sells.  Approximately  23% of net  product  sales
currently involve custom installation.  The labor portion of custom installation
presently  represents  approximately  3% of net sales.  The  Company  also sells
extended  warranties  on  behalf of  third-party  providers.  Sales of  extended
warranties  which yield a gross profit margin in excess of 50%,  represent 1% of
the Company's net sales.

<PAGE>

     The following table shows,  by percentage,  the Company's net product sales
attributable to each of the product categories for the periods indicated.  Audio
components include speakers, subwoofers,  receivers, amplifiers,  preamplifiers,
compact disc players,  cassette decks,  turntables and tuners.  The Company also
sells  digital  satellite  systems  (DSS) which are included in the  VCR/DVD/DSS
category.  Accessories  primarily include  headphones,  surge protectors,  blank
audio and videotapes and projection screens. The miscellaneous category includes
conventional telephones, answering machines, radios and other portable products.

                                         Fifty-Two Weeks      Fifty-Three
                                          Ended October       Weeks Ended
                                            31, 1998       November 1, 1997
                                       ------------------ ------------------

Audio Components                                52%                53%
Mini Audio Shelf Systems                         7                  6
TV and Projectors                               17                 16
VCR/DVD/DSS                                      7                  6
Furniture                                        4                  4
Cable and Wire                                   5                  5
Accessories                                      6                  6
Extended Warranties                              1                  1
Miscellaneous                                    1                  3
                                       ================== ==================
                                               100%               100%
                                       ================== ==================

     The percentage of sales by each product category is affected by promotional
activities,  consumer  preferences,  store  displays,  the  development  of  new
products and elimination or reduction of existing  products and, thus, a current
sales mix may not be indicative of the future sales mix.

     The Company believes that it is well positioned to benefit from advances in
technologies because new technologies tend to be expensive when first introduced
and the Company's target  customers  desire and can afford such products.  Three
new  technologies,  DVD,  plasma  flat-screen  television,  and high  definition
television,  have recently been  introduced.  The DVD player  provides  enhanced
picture  and sound  quality in a format far more  convenient  and  durable  than
videotape.  The plasma flat-screen  television allows a 40 inch television to be
only six inches from front to back. This allows the set to be far less obtrusive
and more easily  integratable  into the home.  High  definition  television will
significantly improve picture quality.

     The Company intends to continue its recent emphasis on custom  installation
(currently  representing  26% of net sales)  which can extend from a single room
audio/video  system  to an  entire  house  with  a  combined  selling  price  of
installation,  labor and product from about $5,000 to in excess of $100,000. The
Company believes custom installation provides the opportunity to bundle products
and increase margins. For example, rather than just selling a television with an
approximate gross profit margin of 26%, custom installation  enables the Company
to sell to the same customer speakers at a margin exceeding 40%,  accessories at
a margin approximating 50% and installation labor with margins of over 45%.

<PAGE>

     Based on customers' desires, custom installation projects frequently expand
on-site.  A single  room home  theater,  for  example,  during the course of the
installation can grow into a multi-room system with increased margins.

     Offering  custom   installation   affords  the  Company  a  unique  selling
opportunity not only because it may not be available at mass merchants, but also
because  custom   installation   can  generate  repeat  customers  and  customer
referrals.  Due to the complexity of the  installation  provided by the Company,
customers  generally remain with the Company,  providing the opportunity to sell
upgrades  to  existing  customers.  The recent  introduction  of DVD players and
advanced  televisions,   as  well  as  other  emerging   technologies,   present
significant opportunities for such upgrades.

     Operations

     Supplies, Purchasing and Distribution

     The Company purchases its products from approximately eighty manufacturers,
ten of which accounted for approximately 53% of the Company's  purchases for the
fifty-two weeks ended October 31, 1998. These ten  manufacturers are Adcom, Bang
&  Olufsen,  KEF,  Marantz,  McIntosh,  Meridian,   Mitsubishi,  Pioneer  Elite,
Sharpvision and Sony. No individual  manufacturer accounted for more than 10% of
the Company's  purchases for the year ended October 31, 1998,  but Sony,  Bang &
Olufsen,  Marantz,  and  Pioneer  Elite each  accounted  for more than five (5%)
percent of purchases for such period.

     The Company has entered into substantially identical dealer agreements with
each of Marantz  America,  Inc.,  Audio Control,  Sony,  Cinemapro  Corporation,
Mitsubishi  Electronics  America,  Inc., Lenbrook America, LLC (a distributor of
KEF products),  Pioneer Electronics (USA), Inc., NAD Electronics of America, and
Niles  Audio  Corporation,  Inc.  Under each  dealer  agreement,  the Company is
authorized to sell the  manufacturer's  products from specified retail locations
to retail  customers  and cannot sell the  products by  telephone or mail order.
Each agreement is for a term of a year or two, subject to renewal or extension.

     Under the dealer agreement between the Company and Mitsubishi,  the Company
is required to purchase an aggregate of $400,000 of equipment annually,  subject
to an increase.  The Company's  dealer  agreement  with Niles Audio requires the
Company to purchase at least $300,000 of equipment per year.

     The Company believes that competitive  sources of supply would be available
for many of the Company's  products if a current  vendor ceased to supply to the
Company.  However,  a loss of a major  source of supply of limited  distribution
product could have an adverse impact on the Company.

<PAGE>

     The  Company has sold the  product  line of a key  vendor,  Bang & Olufsen,
since  1980.  The  line  represented  approximately  $1,176,000  (6.8%)  of  the
Company's  net sales  for the  fifty-two  weeks  ended  October  31,  1998.  The
Company's  relationship  with Bang & Olufsen has changed.  The Company  believes
that its new relationship with Bang & Olufsen represents a positive step for the
Company's  growth,  although no assurance can be given.  Management's  belief is
based on its ability to open Bang & Olufsen  Branded  Stores  near its  existing
Harvey  locations,  together with the elimination of competition with respect to
Bang & Olufsen  products from other  retailers.  Bang & Olufsen has notified the
Company  that it will now focus on  developing  Bang & Olufsen  licensed  stores
("Branded Stores")  throughout the world, of which there are currently more than
250 stores  worldwide.  Bang & Olufsen  has,  accordingly,  canceled  its dealer
agreement with the Company and all other retailers effective May 31, 1999. After
this date, Bang & Olufsen products will only be available in Branded Stores.

     The Company  received a commitment from Bang & Olufsen allowing the Company
to open Branded Stores in Manhattan,  Long Island and  Connecticut.  Pursuant to
this  commitment,  the Company must complete  construction of these locations at
various dates through  November 1999.  Bang & Olufsen has authorized the Company
to open up to five  Branded  Stores,  but no  assurance  can be given  about the
number of Branded Stores that the Company will open.

     On January 7, 1999, as part of its  expansion  plan in the New York region,
the Company signed a lease and a related Prime Site Marketing  Agreement to open
a new 1,500 square foot Bang & Olufsen Branded Store in the Union Square area in
lower  Manhattan.  The  Company  plans to open this new store  prior to April 1,
1999.

     This  Branded  Store will be the first of two stores the  Company  plans to
open in Manhattan in 1999. The new store will sell highly  differentiated Bang &
Olufsen  products,   including   uniquely  designed  audio  systems,   speakers,
telephones,  headphones and accessories. The store will also sell video products
including LCD projectors,  DVD players and plasma flat-screen  televisions,  and
A/V furniture and  accessories.  The store will also offer  professional  custom
installation of multi-room audio and home theater systems.

     This new store will be the Company's  seventh,  and will be the third store
opened within the twelve months of its successful public offering,  completed in
April 1998.

     Due to the Company's  strong  relationships  with many of its suppliers and
its volume of  purchases,  the Company  has also been able to obtain  additional
manufacturers'  rebates based on volume buying levels. On occasion,  the Company
has been able to negotiate favorable terms on larger purchases, such as extended
payment terms, additional cooperative advertising contributions or lower prices,
particularly  on large  purchases.  In  addition to being a member of a consumer
electronics  industry  buying group called Home Theater  Specialists  of America
(HTSA), the Company is also a member of Professional Audio Retailers Association
(PARA) and Custom Electronics Design Installation  Association (CEDIA),  both of
which provide the Company with additional training in sales and technology.

<PAGE>

     Purchases are received at the Company's 5,500 sq. ft. warehouse  located in
Fairfield, New Jersey. Merchandise is distributed to the Company's retail stores
at least  twice a week (and more  frequently,  if needed),  using the  Company's
employees and equipment.

     The Company's management information system tracks current levels of sales,
inventory,  purchasing and other key  information  and provides  management with
information which facilitates  merchandising,  pricing, sales management and the
management of warehouse and store inventories. This system enables management to
review and analyze the  performance of each of its stores and sales personnel on
a periodic  basis.  The central  purchasing  department of the Company  monitors
current  sales and  inventory at the stores on a daily basis.  In addition,  the
Company  currently  conducts a physical  inventory  two times a year and between
such physical inventories it conducts monthly and daily cycle counts on selected
types of inventory.  The  purchasing  department  also  establishes  appropriate
levels of  inventory  at each  store and  controls  the  replenishment  of store
inventory based on the current delivery or replenishment schedule.

     The Company  historically has not had material losses of inventory and does
not experience material losses due to cost and market fluctuations, overstocking
or technology.  The Company's  inventory  turnover for the fifty-two week period
ended October 31, 1998, was approximately 2.9 times.

     Sales and Store Operations

     Retail sales are primarily made for cash or by major credit cards. Revenues
are recorded by the Company when the product or service is delivered or rendered
to customers. Customer deposits are recorded as liabilities until the product is
delivered,  at which time a sale is recorded and the  liability for the customer
deposit is relieved.

     In addition,  customers who qualify can obtain longer term financing with a
Harvey credit card,  which the Company  makes  available to its  customers.  The
Harvey credit card is issued by an unrelated  finance company,  without recourse
to the  Company.  The  Company  also  periodically,  as part of its  promotional
activities, makes manufacturer (i.e., Mitsubishi), sponsored financing available
to its  customers.  Generally,  the  cost of such  financing  is paid for by the
Company, but manufacturers  periodically  participate with and contribute to the
Company in financing these promotions.

     Each store is operated by a store manager and a senior sales manager. Store
managers  report to a Vice  President of  Operations  who oversees all sales and
store  operations,  and who is further  responsible  for sales  training and the
hiring of all retail  employees.  Every  Company  store has at least one in-home
audio/video specialist who will survey the job site at a customer's home, design
the custom  installation and provide a cost estimate.  Each store  independently
services  its custom  installations  through a project  manager and  experienced
installers  employed at the store.  All stores are staffed  with  professionally
trained salespeople and warehouse personnel.  Salespeople are paid a base salary
plus commission based on gross margins.

<PAGE>

     All stores have an on-line point of sale computer  system which enables the
store managers and corporate  headquarters  to track sales,  margins,  inventory
levels,  customer  deposits,  back  orders,  merchandise  on loan to  customers,
salesperson  performance and customer  histories.  Store managers  perform sales
audit functions  before reporting daily results to the main office in Lyndhurst,
New Jersey.

     Services and Repairs

     Products under warranty are delivered to the appropriate  manufacturer  for
repair.  Other repairs are sent to the  manufacturers  or an independent  repair
company. Revenues from non-warranty services are not material.

     The Company  offers an extended  warranty  contract  for most of the audio,
video and other merchandise it sells,  which extended warranty contract provides
coverage  beyond the  manufacturer  warranty  period.  Extended  warranties  are
provided  by an  unrelated  insurance  company  on a  non-recourse  basis to the
Company.  The Company  collects the retail sales price of the extended  warranty
contract from customers and remits the customer  information and the cost of the
contract  to  the  insurance  company.  Sales  of  extended  warranty  contracts
represent 1% of the Company's net sales.  The warranty  obligation is solely the
responsibility of the insurance company.

     Competition

     The Company competes in the New York Metropolitan area with mass merchants,
mail order  houses,  discount  stores and numerous  other  consumer  electronics
specialty  stores.  The  retail  electronics  industry  is  dominated  by  large
retailers with massive,  "big box" retail facilities which aggressively discount
mass  merchandise.  These  retailers  operate on narrow profit  margins and high
volume,  driven by aggressive  advertising  emphasizing  low prices.  Nationwide
industry  leaders  are  Circuit  City and Best  Buys.  The New  York  region  is
dominated  by Circuit City and local chains  including  P.C.  Richard & Son, The
Wiz, J&R Music World and Tops Appliance.

     Many of the  competitors  sell a  broader  range  of  electronic  products,
including computers, camcorder and office equipment, and many have substantially
larger sales and greater  financial and other  resources  than the Company.  The
Company  competes by  positioning  itself as a retailer of high quality  limited
distribution  audio and video  products and by offering  services such as custom
installations which are not generally offered by the mass merchants.

     Very few, if any, of the audio  products  sold by the  Company,  other than
radios and other portable products, are available at the mass merchants.  Of the
major video  products sold by the Company,  generally  only Sony and  Mitsubishi
televisions are sold by the mass merchants.

<PAGE>

     The Company seeks to reinforce its  positioning  by displaying its products
in lifestyle home vignettes in an attractive and pleasing store  environment and
by offering  personalized  service through trained sales personnel who are fully
familiar with all of the Company's products.

     Advertising

     During the late  1980's and early  1990's,  the Company  introduced  lesser
quality product lines to become more price competitive.  This strategy placed it
in direct competition with mass merchants. This strategy sent a mixed message to
the traditional  customers of the Company.  Commencing in late 1995, the Company
refocused its operations by returning to its traditional marketing strategy.

     The Company now uses smaller,  but more frequent  advertising,  emphasizing
image,  products,  and  technology  in The New York  Times,  New York  Magazine,
Greenwich  Magazine,  Newsday and the  Westchester  Gannett.  The  Company  also
distributes  direct mail advertising  several times a year to reach its customer
database of over  70,000.  Some of the direct mail  promotions  are for specific
manufacturers, products, or technology, and are supported by the manufacturers.

     Both the print and direct mail  advertising  consistently  offer attractive
financing alternatives on purchases on credit without interest for six or twelve
months.  The Company also  maintains an Internet  site on the World Wide Web, at
www.harveyonline.com.  The site promotes the Company's  manufacturers  and their
products  as  well  as the  Company's  retail  stores  and  custom  installation
services.

     The following  table shows the Company's  gross  advertising  costs and net
advertising expense as a percentage of net sales for the periods presented.  Net
advertising  expense  represents gross advertising cost less market  development
funds,  cooperative  advertising and other promotional amounts received from the
manufacturers.

                                         Fifty-Two Weeks     Fifty-Three Weeks
                                        Ended October 31,    Ended November 1,
                                               1998                 1997
                                      -------------------- --------------------

Gross advertising costs                     $962,000            $1,048,000
Net advertising expenses                     233,000               401,000
Percentage of net sales                       1.3%                 2.6%

     The  Company  has  retained  an  outside  advertising  agency who is paid a
monthly  retainer of $9,000  plus  approved  expenses.  This  agreement  expires
January 31, 1999,  however,  the Company intends to renew this agreement for one
year.

     Licenses and Intellectual Properties

     The Company owns two registered  service marks "HARVEY," issued on March 7,
1989,  and "THE TEMPLE OF HOME  THEATER,"  issued on May 13, 1997.  Both service
marks are registered  for  International  Class 42, which includes  retail store
services  in the field of  audio,  video,  consumer  electronics,  home  theater
products and custom installation of home theater products.  The Company believes
that its service marks have significant value and are important in marketing the
Company's products.

<PAGE>

     Employees

     As of October 31, 1998,  the Company  employed  approximately  86 full-time
employees  of  which  15  were  management  personnel,  10  were  administrative
personnel, 32 were salespeople, 12 were warehouse workers and 17 were engaged in
custom installation.

     The salespeople,  warehouse workers, and installation staff (61 people) are
covered by a collective  bargaining  agreement  with the Company  which  expires
August 1, 2000.  The Company has never  experienced a material work stoppage and
believes  that  its   relationships   with  its  employees  and  the  union  are
satisfactory.

     Item 2. Description of Properties

     All of the premises the Company presently  occupies are leased.  Management
believes that the Company's facilities are adequate and suitable for its present
business.  The Company  believes that  adequate  locations are available for its
proposed expansion.

     The Company leases premises at 205 Chubb Avenue,  Lyndhurst,  New Jersey, a
24,400 square foot facility,  which the Company uses as executive  offices.  The
lease expires April 30, 2001,  subject to a 5 year renewal option. The warehouse
area of 19,500 square feet of the Lyndhurst  facility was sublet in October 1997
for  approximately  $145,000 per year through April 2001. The Company  currently
leases a 5,500 square foot warehouse in Fairfield,  New Jersey at  approximately
$40,000 per year, pursuant to a lease which expires September 2002.



<PAGE>


     The Company leases the following retail premises:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          Expiration Date
                                            of Current                          Approximate
               Location                    Annual Lease     Renewal Options   Selling Square
                                                                                  Footage            Rent
- ---------------------------------------- ------------------ ---------------- ------------------ ----------------
<S>                                        <C>                  <C>               <C>                <C>

2 West 45th Street                          6/30/2005            None              7,500           $  498,000
New York, NY

556 Route 17 North                          6/30/2003            None              7,000           $  239,000
Paramus, NJ

888 Broadway                                1/1/2001             None              4,000           $  300,000
at 19th St.
New York, NY
(within ABC Carpet & Home)

19 West Putnam Ave.                         9/30/2001           5 years            5,300           $  205,000
Greenwich, CT

44 Glen Cove Road                           8/15/2009            None              4,600           $  138,000
Greenvale, NY

115 Main St.                                8/31/2008            None              3,100           $   72,000
Mt. Kisco, NY

973 Broadway                                12/31/2005          5 year             1,500           $  104,000
New York, NY
(Bang & Olufsen Branded Store)

</TABLE>

     Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

     Except as set forth herein,  the Company believes that it is not a party to
any material legal  proceedings  other than those arising in the ordinary course
of business  and which are fully  covered by  insurance.  The Company  maintains
general  liability and commercial  insurance in amounts believed to be adequate.
However,  there can be no assurance  that such  amounts of insurance  will fully
cover claims made against the Company in the future.



<PAGE>


     There are outstanding  disputed tax claims of  approximately  $50,000 which
were made against the Company during its Chapter 11 proceeding.  The Company has
provided reserves of $10,000 for such taxes,  penalties and interest,  which the
Company  believes to be adequate.  However,  there can be no assurance  that the
reserve will be sufficient to cover these tax claims.

     Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

     On July 23,  1998,  the  Company's  shareholders  at an Annual  Meeting (i)
elected  Franklin C. Karp (2,987,183  shares in favor,  24,245 shares  against),
Joseph J. Calabrese (2,989,183 shares in favor, 22,245 shares against),  Michael
E. Recca (2,987,145 shares in favor,  24,343 shares against),  Fredric J. Gruder
(2,989,085 shares in favor, 22,343 shares against),  Stewart L. Cohen (2,989,123
in favor,  22,305 shares against) and William F. Kenny III (2,898,123  shares in
favor,  22,305  shares  against) as directors of the Company;  (ii) approved the
appointment of Ernst & Young LLP as the Company's  independent  auditors for the
year ending October 31, 1998 (2,994,661 shares in favor, 15,264 shares against);
and (iii) ratified the Company's Stock Option Plan  (1,993,234  shares in favor,
70,441 shares against).

Part II

Item 5. Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.

The  Company's  securities  are traded on the NASDAQ  SmallCap  Market under the
symbols  "HRVE" for the Common  Stock and "HRVEW"  for the  Warrants to purchase
Common Stock

The outstanding shares of Common Stock are currently held by approximately 1,600
shareholders of record,  and the Preferred Stock by five holders of record.  The
transfer  agent and  registrar  for the Common Stock is  Registrar  and Transfer
Company, 10 Commerce Drive, Cranford, New Jersey 07016

The following table indicates the quarterly high and low stock prices for fiscal
year 1998:

Quarter Ended                                    High              Low
- -------------------------                  ----------------- ----------------

January 31, 1998                               N/A               N/A
May 2, 1998                                    $6.00             $2.00
August 1, 1998                                 $4.50             $1.625
October 31, 1998                               $2.625            $  .625

The Company has paid no dividends on its common stock for the last two years and
does not expect to pay dividends in the future.

<PAGE>

Description of Securities

The total authorized  capital stock of the Company consists of 10,000,000 shares
of Common Stock with a par value of $0.01 per share ("Common Stock"), and 10,000
shares of 8.5% Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock with a par value of $1,000
per share ("Preferred Stock").  The following  descriptions contain all material
terms and  features of the  securities  of the Company and are  qualified in all
respects by reference to the Company's  Certificate of Incorporation and Amended
and Restated By-Laws of the Company, copies of which are filed as exhibits.

Common Stock

The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000  shares of Common Stock with a par
value  of  $0.01  per  share.  As of  January  8,  1999,  3,282,833  shares  are
outstanding and held by approximately 1,600 shareholders of record.

The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to
be voted on by stockholders.  There is no cumulative  voting with respect to the
election  of  directors,  with the result  that  holders of more than 50% of the
shares voted for the election of directors can elect all of the  directors.  The
holders of Common  Stock are  entitled  to  receive  dividends  when,  as and if
declared by the Board of Directors from sources legally available  therefor.  In
the event of  liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up of the  Company,  whether
voluntary or  involuntary,  and after  payment in full of the amount  payable in
respect of the Preferred Stock, the holders of Common Stock are entitled, to the
exclusion of the holders of the Preferred  Stock, to share ratably in the assets
of the Company  available  for  distribution  to  stockholders  after payment of
liabilities  and  after  provision  for each  class  of  stock,  if any,  having
preference  over the Common  Stock.  Holders of Common Stock have no  preemptive
rights.  All  outstanding  shares  are,  and all shares to be sold and issued as
contemplated  hereby,  will be fully paid and non-assessable and legally issued.
The Board of Directors is authorized to issue additional  shares of Common Stock
within the limits  authorized by the Company's  charter and without  stockholder
action.

Preferred Stock

The Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  authorizes the issuance of 10,000
shares of 8.5% Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock ("Preferred Stock") with a
par value of $1,000 per share.  As of January 8, 1999,  875 shares of  Preferred
Stock were issued and outstanding and were held by five holders of record.

The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time without stockholder approval
in one or more  classes  or  series.  A  holder  of the  Preferred  Stock is not
entitled to vote except as required by law.

Dividends  on the  Preferred  Stock  are  cumulative  from  the day of  original
issuance, whether or not earned or declared. In the event the Board of Directors
declares  dividends  to be paid  on the  Preferred  Stock,  the  holders  of the
Preferred  Stock will be entitled to receive  semiannual  dividends  at the rate
(the "Preference  Rate") of eighty-five  ($85) dollars per share payable in cash
on the last  business day of June and December in each year.  For calendar  year
1997, the Company elected to defer payment of the dividends. The Preference Rate
for  calendar  year 1997 is $105 per share,  which  will be paid in three  equal
installments  with  interest at the rate of 8.5% per annum on the last  business
days of December 1998, 1999 and 2000.  Preferred Stock dividends of $36,882 were
paid in fiscal 1998. In addition, no dividend shall be paid, or declared, or set
apart for payment upon, and no other  distribution shall at any time be declared
or made in respect of, any shares of Common Stock, other than a dividend payable
solely in, or a distribution of, Common Stock, unless full cumulative  dividends
of the Preferred  Stock for all past  dividend  periods and for the then current
dividend  period have been paid or have been declared and a sum  sufficient  for
the payment thereof has been set apart.

<PAGE>

The Preferred Stock shall be redeemable, at the Company's option, in whole or in
part,  upon payment in cash of the Redemption  Price in respect of the shares so
redeemed.  The "Redemption Price" per share shall be equal to the sum of (i) One
Thousand  and 00/100  ($1,000.00)  Dollars  and (ii) all  dividends  accrued and
unpaid  on such  shares  to the  date of  redemption.  If less  than  all of the
outstanding  Preferred  Stock is to be redeemed,  the redemption will be in such
amount and by such method (which need not be by lot or pro rata), and subject to
such other  provisions,  as may from time to time be  determined by the Board of
Directors.

In the event of liquidation,  dissolution or winding-up of the Company,  whether
voluntary or  involuntary,  resulting in any  distribution  of its assets to its
shareholders,  the holders of the Preferred Stock  outstanding shall be entitled
to receive in respect of each such share an amount  which  shall be equal to the
Redemption  Price, and no more, before any payment or distribution of the assets
of the Company is made to or set apart for the holders of Common Stock.

Each share of Preferred Stock may be convertible  into shares of Common Stock at
the option of the holder,  in whole or in part, as follows:  until  December 31,
2000, (i) 50% of the Preferred Stock will be convertible at $6.00 per share; and
(ii) $7.50 per share for the balance. Commencing January 1, 2001, the Conversion
Price shall be equal to the average of the closing bid price of the Common Stock
over the 45 trading days preceding January 1, 2001.

If at any time prior to the  exercise  of the  conversion  rights  afforded  the
holders of the Preferred  Stock, the Preferred Stock is redeemed by the Company,
in whole or in part,  then the  conversion  right shall be deemed  canceled with
respect to such redeemed stock, as of the date of such redemption.

In case of any  capital  reorganization  or any  reclassification  of the Common
Stock,  or in case of the  consolidation  or merger of the Company  with or into
another corporation, or the conveyance of all or substantially all of the assets
of the Company to another corporation,  each Preferred Share shall thereafter be
convertible  into the number of shares of stock or other  securities or property
to which a holder of the  number of shares  of  Common  Stock  deliverable  upon
conversion  of  such  Preferred   Stock  would  have  been  entitled  upon  such
reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, or conveyance.

<PAGE>

Item 6. Management's Discussion and Analysis or  Plan of Operation.

The following discussion and analysis contains forward-looking  statements which
involve  risks and  uncertainties.  When used  herein,  the words  "anticipate,"
"believe,"  "estimate,"  and "expect" and similar  expressions as they relate to
the Company or its  management  are  intended to identify  such  forward-looking
statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of
1995. The Company's  actual results,  performance or  achievements  could differ
materially  from the results  expressed  in or implied by these  forward-looking
statements.

General

The  following  discussion  should  be read in  conjunction  with the  Company's
audited financial  statements for the fifty-two weeks ended October 31, 1998 and
the fifty-three weeks ended November 1, 1997,  appearing  elsewhere in this Form
10-KSB. The unaudited financial  information for the fifty-two week period ended
October 26, 1996 is presented for comparison purposes only.



<PAGE>


Statements of Operations Data:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         Fifty-Two       Fifty-Three        Fifty-Two
                                                        Weeks Ended      Weeks Ended       Weeks Ended
                                                        October 31,      November 1,       October 26,
                                                           1998              1997              1996
                                                      ---------------- ----------------- -----------------
                                                                                         (Unaudited) (1)

                                                               (In thousands, except share data)
<S>                                                       <C>              <C>            <C>   

Net sales                                                  $ 17,262         $ 15,398         $  14,025
Cost of sales                                                10,646            9,765             9,230
Gross profit                                                  6,616            5,633             4,796
                                                      ---------------- ----------------- -----------------
Gross profit percentage                                       38.3%            36.6%             34.2%
Interest expense                                                224              325               506
Selling, general and administrative expenses                  6,756            6,706             6,473
Other income                                                     70               73                96
Stock compensation expense                                      297                -                 -
Financial advisory and consulting fee to Underwriter            124                -                 -
Costs associated with lease transaction                         114                -                 -
                                                      ---------------- ----------------- -----------------
Loss before reorganization expenses, fresh start
   adjustments and extraordinary item                          (829)          (1,325)           (2,087)
Reorganization expenses, net                                      -                -              (885)
Fresh start adjustments                                           -                -             1,858
Extraordinary gain on forgiveness of debt                         -                -             5,339
                                                      ---------------- ----------------- -----------------
Net (loss) income                                              (829)          (1,325)            4,225
Accretion of Preferred Stock                                     (6)             (78)                -
Preferred Stock dividend requirement                            (83)             (71)                -
                                                      ================ ================= =================
Net (loss) income attributable to Common Stock             $   (918)        $ (1,474)         $  4,225
                                                      ================ ================= =================

Basic and diluted net (loss) applicable to common
   shareholders                                              $(.32)           $(.65)
                                                      ================ =================

Basic and diluted weighted average outstanding
   during the year                                          2,844,751        2,257,833
                                                      ================ =================


(1) Presented for comparison purposes only.

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


Balance Sheet Data:

                                     
                                   October 31, 1998          November 1,
                                                              1997 (1)
                                  ------------------      ------------------

Working capital                         $2,355                  $1,215
Total assets                             8,389                   7,314
Long-term liabilities                      266                   2,364
Total liabilities                        2,865                   5,301
Total shareholders' equity               5,525                   2,013


     (1)--The  balance  sheet  information  at November 1, 1997 is  presented to
reflect the  Company's  Preferred  Stock in  stockholders'  equity as though the
removal of a Preferred  Stock  redemption  feature,  which  occurred in December
1997, had taken place on November 1, 1997.

     Fifty-Two  Weeks Ended  October 31, 1998 as Compared to  Fifty-Three  Weeks
Ended November 1, 1997

     The fiscal year ended October 31, 1998 is a fifty-two week year as compared
to fifty-three weeks for the prior year.

     Net Loss

     The net loss for the fifty-two  weeks ended October 31, 1998 was reduced to
$828,871 as compared to a net loss of $1,325,212 for the fifty-three weeks ended
November  1,  1997.  The net  loss  for  fiscal  1998  included  non-cash  stock
compensation expense of $297,500 and various costs associated with the surrender
of a real  estate  lease of  $113,782.  Additionally,  fiscal  1998  includes an
expense  of  $123,660   representing  three  years  of  financial  advisory  and
consulting  fees  pre-paid to the  underwriter  at the closing of the  Company's
successful  public  offering.  These fees, which were to be amortized over three
years,  were fully  charged  to expense in fiscal  1998 as a result of the early
termination  of the  Financial  Advisory and  Consulting  Agreement  between the
Company and its  underwriter.  Such  charges to  operations  during  fiscal 1998
aggregated $534,942 or approximately $.19 per share.  Excluding these charges,
the  Company's  loss was  $293,929  for fiscal  1998,  as  compared to a loss of
$1,325,212 for fiscal 1997.

     Revenues

     Net  sales  for the  fifty-two  weeks  ended  October  31,  1998  increased
approximately  $1,864,000 or 12.1% over the fifty-three  weeks ended November 1,
1997.  Comparable store sales for fiscal 1998 increased  approximately  15.8% as
compared to fiscal 1997.

     Fiscal  1998  includes  sales  from three  mature  stores and one new store
opened in Greenwich,  Connecticut in January 1997.  Also included in fiscal 1998
sales is  approximately  one month of sales relating to the newly acquired Mount
Kisco store,  prior to its  renovation  in November  1998.  Fiscal 1997 includes
sales from three mature stores and the Greenwich, Connecticut store for only ten
months.  Fiscal 1997 also  includes  three months of sales from one retail store
which was closed in February 1997.

<PAGE>

     The  increase in the  Company's  net sales is  attributed  to  increases in
volume of goods and  services  sold and to a lesser  extent,  changes in product
lines. The prices of its goods have remained relatively constant.  The Company's
sales continue to benefit from the successful  marketing campaign where emphasis
is  placed on the  quality  of its  manufacturers'  products  displayed  in home
vignette  settings,  new technologies,  service and custom  installation of home
theater and  multi-room  audio/video  systems.  In fiscal 1998,  this  marketing
campaign  included  radio  advertising  for  the  latter  part of the  year  and
additional direct mail activities during the year. Custom installation  services
also continue to expand and account for approximately 26% of net sales for 1998,
as compared to approximately 20% for fiscal 1997.

     As part of its successful  marketing plan, the Company offers its customers
who  qualify a Harvey  credit  card  which is issued by an  unrelated  financial
company.  The Company continuously offers consumers using the Harvey credit card
90 days interest-free financing on any purchases.  As a promotion,  the Company,
from time to time,  offers  consumers  using the Harvey  credit card  attractive
financing  alternatives  of 6 or 12 months  interest-free  financing on specific
products.  The Company  pays the finance  company a fee in  connection  with all
interest-free financing which is a percentage of such sales. For fiscal 1998 and
1997, the cost to the Company for all interest-free  financing was approximately
$44,000 and $34,000, respectively.

     Costs and Expenses

     Total  cost of  sales  for the  fifty-two  weeks  ended  October  31,  1998
increased  approximately  $882,000  or 9.0%  from the  fifty-three  weeks  ended
November 1, 1997.  This was primarily the result of increased  comparable  store
sales  offset  by the one store  closed in  February  1997,  and by the  overall
improvement of gross profit margins.

     Gross  profit  margin for the  fifty-two  weeks ended  October 31, 1998 was
38.3% as compared to 36.6% for the fifty-three weeks ended November 1, 1997.

     The gross profit margin  improved in fiscal 1998 as compared to fiscal 1997
as a result of  increased  custom  installation  sales which have  higher  gross
profit  margins.  Additionally,  an increase  was  realized  from  merchandising
changes  started in fiscal 1997. The Company added higher margin products to its
product line from new  manufacturers  and eliminated lower margin products.  The
marketing  campaign for fiscal 1998 also placed less emphasis on price sensitive
advertisements  as compared to fiscal 1997.  Finally,  the Company maximized its
prompt payment purchase  discounts from its vendors,  while further reducing its
inventory losses from shrinkage,  which was already substantially below industry
average.
<PAGE>

     Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses ("SG&A expense")  increased
less than 1% or approximately  $50,000 for the fifty-two weeks ended October 31,
1998 as compared to the fifty-three weeks ended November 1, 1997.

     The  increase in SG&A  expenses  for fiscal 1998 as compared to fiscal 1997
was primarily due to a general  increase in payroll and payroll  related  items,
professional  expenses,  and  various  store  operating  expenses as a result of
increased sales.  These increases were partially  offset by reduced  advertising
and  occupancy  costs.  The decrease in occupancy  was primarily the result of a
reduction in warehouse  space beginning in fiscal 1998 and from the closing of a
retail store in February 1998.

     Interest  expense  decreased   approximately  $102,000  or  31.2%  for  the
fifty-two  weeks ended  October 31,  1998 as compared to the  fifty-three  weeks
ended November 1, 1997.

     The decrease in interest expense for fiscal 1998 as compared to fiscal 1997
was primarily due to the elimination of debtor-in-possession financing which was
outstanding  through  December  1996,  and the reduction of interest paid to the
Company's lender, subsequent to the paydown of the credit facility in April 1998
using part of the net proceeds from the public offering.

     Fifty-Three Weeks Ended November 1, 1997 as Compared to the Fifty-Two Weeks
Ended October 26, 1996 (Unaudited--Operations Prior to Reorganization)

     The  fiscal  year  ended  November  1, 1997 is a  fifty-three  week year as
compared to fifty-two weeks for the prior year.

     Net (Loss) Income

     The net  loss  for  the  fifty-three  weeks  ended  November  1,  1997  was
$1,325,000 as compared to net income of $4,225,000 for the fifty-two weeks ended
October 26, 1996.  Net income for the  fifty-two  weeks ended  October 26, 1996,
includes an  extraordinary  gain on  forgiveness  of debt of $5,339,000  and the
effect of certain fresh start adjustments  relating to the Company's  successful
reorganization increasing net income by $1,858,000.  Net reorganization expenses
relating  to the  Company's  Chapter 11 process  for the  fifty-two  weeks ended
October 26, 1996 were $885,000.  There were no  reorganization  expenses for the
fifty-three weeks ended November 1, 1997.

     Revenues

     Net sales for the  fifty-three  weeks ended November 1, 1997 increased 9.8%
or  $1,373,000  over the fifty-two  weeks ended  October 26, 1996,  despite 1996
consisting  of  revenues  from  five  established  stores  as  compared  to 1997
revenues,  which consisted of only three established stores and the new store in
Greenwich,  Connecticut.  Comparable store sales for the fifty-three weeks ended
November 1, 1997  increased by 26.7% or  $2,786,000 as compared to the fifty-two
weeks ended  October  26,  1996.  The  increase in the  Company's  revenues  was
attributable  to increases in the volume of goods and  services  sold,  and to a
lesser extent,  changes in product  lines.  The prices of its goods and services
remained relatively constant. In 1996, the Company operated in Chapter 11 and at
times  during  the year did not have  adequate  inventory  levels.  The  Company
believes it currently has adequate inventory levels to support sales.

<PAGE>

     The  increase in sales in fiscal 1997 was due  primarily  to the  Company's
marketing   campaign   where   emphasis   was  placed  on  the  quality  of  its
manufacturers'  products, new technologies,  service, and custom installation of
home  theater  and  multi-room  audio/video  systems.  The  Company  offers  its
consumers  attractive  financing  alternatives  on purchases,  without paying or
incurring  interest  expenses for a six or  twelve-month  period.  Customers who
qualify can obtain longer term  financing  with a Harvey credit card,  which the
Company makes available to its customers. The Harvey credit card is issued by an
unrelated  finance company.  The substantial use of such financing  alternatives
began in June 1997. The total amount of additional  fees paid by the Company for
the five month period ended  November 1, 1997 was  approximately  $34,000.  This
credit  alternative  is a linchpin of the  Company's new  advertising  campaign.
Additional direct mail promotions were also successful during the period.

     Costs and  Expenses.  Total cost of sales for the  fifty-three  weeks ended
November 1, 1997  increased  5.8% or  $535,000  from the  fifty-two  weeks ended
October 26, 1996.  This was primarily the result of increased  comparable  store
sales offset by store closings.

     Gross profit margin for the  fifty-three  weeks ended  November 1, 1997 was
36.6%,  as compared to 34.2% for the fifty-two weeks ended October 26, 1996. The
gross profit margin  increased as a result of the Company's  marketing  campaign
where product  quality was emphasized  rather than price.  The gross margin also
increased as a result of increased sales of custom installation which has higher
gross profit margins.  Additionally, an increase was realized from merchandising
changes made in late 1996 and throughout  1997, where new higher margin products
from new manufacturers were added and lower margin products, such as camcorders,
cellular phones, and home office equipment, were eliminated.

     Selling, general and administrative expenses increased 3.6% or $233,000 for
the fifty-three  weeks ended November 1, 1997 as compared to the fifty-two weeks
ended October 26, 1996.  Comparable  store selling,  general and  administrative
expenses increased 12.2% or $631,000 for the fifty-three weeks ended November 1,
1997 as compared to the fifty-two  weeks ended October 26, 1996. The fifty-three
weeks ended November 1, 1997 includes net advertising  expenses of $401,000,  as
compared  to  $221,000  for  the   fifty-two   weeks  ended  October  26,  1996.
Additionally, the fifty-three weeks ended November 1, 1997 includes an aggregate
amount for management fees and amortization of reorganization value in excess of
amounts  allocable to identifiable  assets of $96,000.  The Company  incurred no
expense for these items  during the  fifty-two  weeks  ended  October 26,  1996.
Payroll  and  payroll  related  expenses  increased  15.2% or  $418,000  for the
fifty-three  weeks ended  November 1, 1997 as  compared to the  fifty-two  weeks
ended October 26, 1996. This was primarily the result of additional  commissions
and incentives on increased sales and gross margins and the hiring of additional
sales,  warehouse and custom  installation  personnel.  The Company also hired a
full-time Vice President of Operations in June 1996.

     Interest  expense  decreased  35.8% or $181,000 for the  fifty-three  weeks
ended  November 1, 1997,  as compared to the  fifty-two  weeks ended October 26,
1996.   Interest   expense   decreased   primarily   from   the   reduction   of
debtor-in-possession  financing, including the loan servicing fees due to HAC in
the current  period (which was converted to equity).  The decrease was offset by
interest on a $350,000 loan made by E. H. Arnold,  a Preferred  Stockholder  and
member of HAC, during February and March 1997.

<PAGE>

     Liquidity and Capital Resources

     On November 13, 1996, the  Bankruptcy  Court  confirmed the  Reorganization
Plan  ("Confirmation  Date"). The effective date of the Reorganization  Plan was
December 26, 1996 (the  "Reorganization  Date").  For information  regarding the
Reorganization  Plan,  reference  is made to Item 1,  above,  and the  notes  to
financial statements.

     The Company's  ratio of current assets to current  liabilities was 1.91, or
approximately  $2,355,000,  at  October  31,  1998,  as  compared  to  1.41,  or
approximately $1,215,000, at November 1, 1997. The increase in the current ratio
at October 31, 1998 was  primarily  the result of the impact of the net proceeds
from the Company's successful public offering offset by the Company's net loss.

     Net cash used in operating  activities  was  approximately  $1,229,000  for
fiscal 1998 as compared to a net use of $550,000 for fiscal 1997, as the Company
used its  revolving  line of credit  facility and a portion of the proceeds from
the public offering to reduce trade payables,  accrued  expenses,  other current
liabilities and income taxes, and to fund an increase in accounts receivable and
prepaid  expenses and other current  assets.  This use of cash was offset by the
reduction in the Company's net loss.

     Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $504,000 for fiscal
1998 as compared to  approximately  $663,000 used for fiscal 1997.  The decrease
was primarily due to the redemption of a certificate of deposit in fiscal 1998.

     Financing  activities  provided net cash of  approximately  $1,944,000  for
fiscal 1998 as compared to net cash  provided of  approximately  $1,220,000  for
fiscal 1997.  The increase was primarily due to the net proceeds from the public
offering offset by, among other items, the temporary  repayment of the Company's
revolving line of credit  facility with Paragon  Capital LLC ("Paragon") and the
repayment of a term loan.

     On November 5, 1997, the Company  entered into a three-year  revolving line
of credit  facility with Paragon whereby the Company may borrow up to $3,300,000
based upon a lending  formula (as  defined)  calculated  on eligible  inventory.
Proceeds  from  Paragon  were used to pay down and  cancel the  existing  credit
facility with Congress Financial Corporation ("Congress"), reduce trade payables
and pay  related  costs of the  refinancing.  The Paragon  facility  provides an
improved  advance rate of the Company's  inventory  which resulted in additional
net  financing  of  approximately  $750,000  (after  expenses)  compared  to the
Company's previous facility with Congress. The interest rate on borrowings up to
$2,500,000 is 1% in excess of the rate of interest announced publicly by Norwest
Bank,  Minnesota,  National  Association,  from time to time as its "prime rate"
(the "Prime Rate"). The rate charged on outstanding  balances over $2,500,000 is
1.75% above the Prime Rate. A commitment  fee of $49,500 was paid by the Company
at closing and a facility  fee of  three-quarters  of one percent  (.75%) of the
maximum credit line will be charged in each year.  Monthly  maintenance  charges
and a termination  fee also exist under the line of credit.  At January 8, 1999,
there are no outstanding  borrowings under the Paragon  revolving line of credit
facility.

<PAGE>

     The maximum amount of borrowing available to the Company under this line is
limited to formulas  prescribed in the loan  agreements.  The Company's  maximum
borrowing  availability is equal to 75% of acceptable inventory,  minus the then
unpaid  principal  balance  of the  loan,  minus  the  then  aggregate  of  such
availability  reserves as may have been  established by Paragon,  minus the then
outstanding stated amount of all letters of credit.

     Pursuant to the credit facility the Company must maintain certain levels of
inventory,  trade accounts payable,  inventory purchases, net income or loss and
minimum gross profit margins.  Additionally, the Company's capital expenditures,
assuming no retail store expansion, could not exceed $125,000 for fiscal 1998.

     Paragon  obtained a senior security  interest in  substantially  all of the
Company's  assets.  The revolving line of credit facility  provides Paragon with
rights of  acceleration  upon the breach of certain  financial  covenant  or the
occurrence of certain customary events of default  including,  among others, the
event of bankruptcy.  The Company is also  restricted  from paying  dividends on
Common  Stock,  retiring or  repurchasing  its Common  Stock,  and entering into
additional indebtedness (as defined).

     Paragon also received a warrant to purchase  125,000 shares of Common Stock
at an exercise  price of $5.50 per share  subject to  adjustment  under  certain
circumstances,  which is  currently  exercisable  and  expires on April 3, 2001.
Paragon's  warrant and the underlying  shares have not been registered under the
Securities Act.

     On April 7, 1998, the Company completed an issuance of its common stock and
common  stock  warrants in the  Offering.  The Offering  was  co-managed  by The
Thornwater  Company,  L.P.,  which sold 1,200,000 shares of the Company's common
stock of which 1,025,000 shares were sold by the Company and 175,000 shares were
sold by HAC.  2,104,500  Warrants to acquire  additional shares of the Company's
common stock were also sold by the Company.  The net proceeds from the Offering,
approximately  $4.1  million,  are being used for  retail  store  expansion  and
general working capital purposes.

     In April  1998,  the net  proceeds  from the  Offering  were  used to repay
temporarily  the Company's  credit facility  $(2,262,306);  retire the principal
$(350,000) and interest  $(47,627) of a term loan and for retail store expansion
and general working capital purposes.

     Each  Warrant is  exercisable  for one share of common stock at 110% ($5.50
per share) of the Offering price,  for a period of three years  commencing March
31,  2000.  The  Warrants  are also  redeemable  (at $.10 per  Warrant),  at the
Company's  option,  commencing  March 31,  2000 if the  closing bid price of the
common stock for 20 consecutive  trading days exceeds 150% of the Offering price
per share.

<PAGE>

     The Company's management believes that the Company's overhead structure has
the capacity to support additional stores without  significant  increase in cost
and personnel, and, consequently,  that revenues and profit from new stores will
have a positive  impact on the  Company's  operations.  The  Company  intends to
utilize the remaining net proceeds from the Offering and its credit  facility to
open additional retail stores.

     In July 1998, as a part of its  expansion  plan,  the Company  acquired the
business of the Sound Mill, Inc. and its  subsidiary,  Loriel Custom Audio Video
Corporation  (the "Sound Mill"),  to acquire  certain assets and business of the
Sound Mill for a purchase  price of $200,000 (as adjusted) in cash. The purchase
price was allocated as follows:  $50,000 for leasehold improvements,  equipment,
vehicles and tools and $150,000 for cost in excess of net assets  acquired.  The
Company also signed a ten-year lease with an additional five-year option for the
3,100 square foot retail store with the principals of the Sound Mill. Located in
Mount Kisco, in northern  Westchester  County, New York, the Sound Mill has been
engaged  in the  retail  sale and  custom  installation  of  specialty  high-end
audio/video  products for twenty-nine  years. This store was renovated at a cost
of  approximately   $125,000  and  re-opened  in  November  1998.  Inventory  of
approximately $350,000 was obtained for the opening of this store through vendor
credit and cash.

     On August 11,  1998,  the Company  signed a ten year lease with a five year
option to open a new 4,600  square foot retail  showroom  in  Greenvale,  on the
north shore of Long Island, New York. This new retail store,  opened in November
1998, and became the Company's  sixth store in the  Metropolitan  New York area.
Capital expenditures for this store approximated  $400,000 through January 1999.
Inventory  of  approximately  $475,000  was  obtained  for this  store,  and was
substantially financed through vendor credit and cash.

     The Company seeks to open an additional  Company store in New Jersey within
the next  eighteen  months,  if the  appropriate  location can be obtained.  The
Company  estimates  that the total cost of opening this Company  retail store is
approximately  $650,000.  The estimated  cost of opening this store includes the
cost of leasehold improvements,  including design and decoration,  machinery and
equipment,  furniture and fixtures, security deposits, opening inventory (net of
the  portion  to be  borrowed  from the  Company's  lender),  lease  acquisition
expenses,  preopening  expenses  and  additional  advertising  and  promotion in
connection with the opening.

     As Bang & Olufsen  focuses on developing  Bang & Olufsen  licensed  branded
stores  throughout  the world,  it has  canceled its dealer  agreement  with the
Company and all other retailers  effective May 31, 1999. After this date, Bang &
Olufsen products will only be available in Branded Stores.

     The Company  received a commitment from Bang & Olufsen allowing the Company
to open Branded Stores in Manhattan,  Long Island and  Connecticut.  Pursuant to
this  commitment,  the Company must complete  construction of these locations at
various dates through  November 1999. No assurance can be given about the number
of Branded Stores that the Company will open.
<PAGE>

     The  Company  believes  that  its  new  relationship  with  Bang &  Olufsen
represents a positive step for the Company's  growth,  although no assurance can
be given.  Management's  belief is based on its  ability  to open Bang & Olufsen
Branded Stores near its existing Harvey locations, together with the elimination
of  competition  on  Bang &  Olufsen  products  from  other  retailers.  Capital
expenditures  necessary for each 1,500 square foot store,  including  inventory,
should approximate $300,000.

     On January 7, 1999, as part of its  expansion  plan in the New York region,
the Company signed a lease and a related Prime Site Marketing  Agreement to open
a new 1,500 square foot Bang & Olufsen Branded Store in the Union Square area in
lower Manhattan. The Company plans to open this new store prior to May 1, 1999.

     This  Branded  Store will be the first of two stores the  Company  plans to
open in Manhattan in 1999. The new store will sell highly  differentiated Bang &
Olufsen  products,   including   uniquely  designed  audio  systems,   speakers,
telephones,  headphones and accessories. The store will also sell video products
including LCD projectors,  DVD players and plasma flat-screen  televisions,  and
A/V furniture and  accessories.  The store will also offer  professional  custom
installation of multi-room audio and home theater systems.

     This new store will be the Company's  seventh,  and will be the third store
opened within the twelve months of its successful public offering,  completed in
April 1998.

     Management  believes  that the  balance  of the  Offering,  cash  flow from
operations and funds made available under the credit facility with Paragon, will
be  sufficient  to meet the  Company's  anticipated  working  capital  needs and
expansion plan for the next twelve month period.

     During the periods presented, the Company was not significantly impacted by
the effects of inflation or seasonally.

     Year 2000 Modifications

     The Year 2000 Issue is the result of computer  programs being written using
two digits rather than four to define the applicable  year. Any of the Company's
computer programs that have  date-sensitive  software may recognize a date using
"00" as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000.  This could  result in a system
failure or miscalculations causing disruptions of operations,  including,  among
other things, a temporary inability to process  transactions,  send invoices, or
engage in similar normal business activities.

<PAGE>

     Based  on  recent  assessments,  the  Company  determined  that  it will be
required to modify  significant  portions of its software so that those  systems
will properly  utilize  dates beyond  December 31, 1999.  The Company  presently
believes that with modifications of its existing  software,  the Year 2000 Issue
can be  mitigated.  As a result,  the  Company  has  formulated  a plan with its
software and service provider,  called Rescue 2000, to make all modifications to
twelve operating modules in its software  systems.  As of December 31, 1998, 50%
of the module  modifications  have been completed.  No  modifications  have been
implemented or tested. Implementation and testing is expected to be completed by
May 1999.  However,  if such  modifications  are not made,  or are not completed
timely,  the Year 2000 Issue could have a material  impact on the  operations of
the Company.

     The  Company's  plan to resolve the Year 2000 Issue  involves the following
four phases: assessment, remediation, testing, and implementation. As of January
20, 1999,  the Company has fully  completed  its  assessment of all systems that
could be  significantly  affected  by the Year 2000.  The  completed  assessment
indicated that most of the Company's significant  information technology systems
could be affected,  particularly  the general  ledger,  billing,  and  inventory
systems.  The Company  does not believe  that the Year 2000  presents a material
exposure as it relates to the Company's  products.  To date,  the Company is not
aware of any external agent with a Year 2000 issue that would materially  impact
the Company's results of operations, liquidity, or capital resources, except the
bank that processes the payment of the Company's  credit card sales. The Company
has requested  from its bank an assessment of the extent of the bank's Year 2000
compliance. In the event the bank is not Year 2000 compliant in a timely manner,
the Company is prepared to change  banks.  However,  the Company has no means of
ensuring that external agents will be Year 2000 ready. The inability of external
agents to complete their Year 2000 resolution  process in a timely fashion could
materially and adversely impact the Company.

     The Company  will utilize its  external  software  and service  provider to
reprogram,  test and implement the software for the Year 2000 modification,  the
cost of which is not expected to be  significant.  The Company will evaluate the
status of completion of Year 2000 modifications in April 1999 and will undertake
all  remaining  necessary  steps to seek to  ensure  its  systems  are Year 2000
compliant.  In the  event  the  Company  is  unable  to  resolve  its Year  2000
modifications in a timely fashion, the business of the Company may be materially
and adversely impacted.

     Item 7. Financial Statements.

     The  information  required by this item is incorporated by reference to the
Company's financial statements.

     Item 8. Changes In and  Disagreements  With  Accountants  on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure.

     None
<PAGE>

     Part III

     Item 9.  Directors,  Executive  Officers,  Promoters  and Control  Persons;
Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

     The directors and executive officers of the Company are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

             Name                   Age (1)                           Position
- -------------------------------- --------------- ---------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>         <C>

Michael E. Recca                       48        Chairman and Director
William F. Kenny, III                  67        Director
Stewart L. Cohen                       44        Director
Fredric J. Gruder                      52        Director
Franklin C. Karp                       44        President and Director
Joseph J. Calabrese                    39        Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
                                                    Officer, Treasurer, Secretary and Director
Michael A. Beck                        39        Vice President of Operations
Roland W. Hiemer                       37        Director of Inventory Control

</TABLE>

     (1) As of October 31, 1998.

     Michael  E. Recca  became the  Chairman  of the Board of  Directors  of the
Company in November  1996.  Mr. Recca has been the president of Recca & Company,
Inc., a financial  consulting firm based in New York City, since 1992. Mr. Recca
is also a member and one of the three  managers of Harvey  Acquisition  Company,
LLC, which is a principal  shareholder of the Company. Mr. Recca was an employee
of  Taglich  Brothers,   D'Amadeo,   Wagner  &  Co.,  Inc.,  a  NASD  registered
broker-dealer, through December 31, 1998.

     William F. Kenny,  III has been a director of the Company  since 1975.  For
the past six years Mr. Kenny has been a consultant  to Meenan Oil Co.,  Inc. Mr.
Kenny has also served as a director of the Empire State  Petroleum  Association,
Petroleum Research Foundation and is President of the East Coast Energy Council.
Mr. Kenny was also the  president of the  Independent  Fuel  Terminal  Operators
Association and the Metropolitan Energy Council.

     Stewart L. Cohen was elected a director of the Company in 1997.  Mr.  Cohen
is the Chief  Executive  Officer of Paragon  Capital LLC, an asset-based  lender
providing  a  revolving  line  of  credit  facility  to the  Company  and  other
retailers. Mr. Cohen is also a managing director of The Ozer Group LLC, an asset
and business  restructuring  firm which  provides  asset  disposition,  business
evaluation,  advisory services,  and asset appraisals for financial institutions
lending primarily to retail businesses. He is also the President of U.S. Dixon's
Holdings,  Inc.  and its  non-operating  subsidiaries,  for which Mr.  Cohen was
retained to wind down the affairs of, and pursue economic  settlements  for, the
company with other parties. Mr. Cohen is also a "Responsible  Officer" of Folger
Adams, a company in Chapter 11, where Mr. Cohen's  responsibilities  include the
administration of all funds and  disbursements  subject to the Folger Adams Plan
of  Confirmation.  Mr.  Cohen is also a member of the Board of  Advisors of Verc
Enterprises,  Inc.,  and is a  Contributing  Editor to the  American  Bankruptcy
Institute Journal.

<PAGE>

     Fredric J. Gruder,  a director since July 1998,  has, since September 1996,
been a  partner  in the New York  law  firm of  Gersten,  Savage  and  Kaplowitz
("Gersten"),   which  represented   Thornwater  Company,  L.P.   ("Thornwater"),
Representative  of the  Company's  underwriters  in the  Offering.  Gersten  may
represent Thornwater in future legal matters.  From March 1996 through September
1996, Mr. Gruder was of counsel to Gersten, having been a sole practitioner from
May 1995 through March 1996. From March 1992 until March 1996, Mr. Gruder served
as vice  president  and  general  counsel to  Sbarro,  Inc.,  a publicly  traded
corporation which owns, operates,  and franchises Italian restaurants.  Prior to
this  time,  Mr.  Gruder  practiced  law in New  York  for  over  twenty  years,
specializing in corporate securities and retail real estate.

     Franklin  C.  Karp has been  with the  Company  since  1990.  Before  being
appointed  as the  Company's  President  in  April  1996,  Mr.  Karp  served  as
Merchandise Manager and later as vice president in charge of merchandising.  Mr.
Karp has been employed in various sales,  purchasing and management positions in
the retail consumer  electronics  business in the New York Metropolitan area for
26 years.

     Joseph J. Calabrese,  a certified public accountant,  joined the Company as
Controller in 1989. Since 1991 Mr. Calabrese has served as Vice President, Chief
Financial  Officer,  Treasurer and Secretary of the Company.  Mr.  Calabrese was
elected  Executive  Vice  President  and a Director of the Company in 1996.  Mr.
Calabrese  began his  career  with Ernst & Young LLP in 1981 where for the eight
year period prior to his joining the Company he performed  audit  services  with
respect to the Company.

     Michael A. Beck has been Vice  President of Operations of the Company since
April  1997.  From June 1996 until such date he was the  Company's  Director  of
Operations  and from  October  1995 until  April 1996 he served as  director  of
operations for Sound City, a consumer electronics retailer. Mr. Beck was a store
manager for the Company from August 1989 until October 1995. Mr. Beck holds a BA
in Psychology from Merrimack College.

     Roland W. Hiemer is an  executive  officer of the  Company and  Director of
Inventory  Control.  Mr.  Hiemer has been with the Company for eight  years.  He
started with the Company as a salesman and advanced to Senior Sales  Manager for
the Paramus store in 1991. He was further promoted to Inventory  Control Manager
in 1991. In 1997, he was promoted to Director of Inventory  Control.  Mr. Hiemer
holds a BA in Business Administration from Hofstra University.

     Committees of the Board of Directors

     The Board of Directors has an Audit Committee and a Compensation  and Stock
Option Committee.

     Audit  Committee.  The  function  of the Audit  Committee  includes  making
recommendations  to the Board of Directors with respect to the engagement of the
Company's  independent  auditors  and the  review of the scope and effect of the
audit  engagement.  William F.  Kenny,  III and Stewart L. Cohen are the current
members of the Audit Committee.

     Compensation and Stock Option  Committee.  The function of the Compensation
and Stock Option Committee is to make  recommendations to the Board with respect
to the compensation of management employees and to administer plans and programs
relating  to  stock  options,  pension  and  other  retirement  plans,  employee
benefits,  incentives, and compensation.  Stewart L. Cohen and William F. Kenny,
III are the current members of the Compensation and Stock Option Committee.

     Item 10. Executive Compensation.

     The following table sets forth the cash  compensation  paid by the Company,
as well as any  other  compensation  paid to or earned  by the  Chairman  of the
Company,  the President of the Company and those executive officers  compensated
at or  greater  than  $100,000  for  services  rendered  to the  Company  in all
capacities during the three most recent fiscal years.

     Summary Compensation Table

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

    Name of Individual                                                       Stock             Long-Term
  and Principal Position       Year         Salary          Bonus         Compensation       Compensation    
- ---------------------------- ---------- ---------------- ------------- ------------------- ------------------
<S>                            <C>        <C>             <C>             <C>                   <C>  


Michael E. Recca               1998       $   55,000 (1)   $       -        $      -              $    -
Chairman                       1997       $        -       $       -        $                     $    -
                               1996       $        -       $       -        $      -              $    -

Franklin C. Karp               1998       $  125,000       $  15,000        $ 10,313 (3)          $    -
President                      1997       $  126,000       $       -        $      -              $    -
                               1996       $   88,000 (2)   $       -        $      -              $    -

Joseph J. Calabrese            1998       $  116,000       $  10,000        $  6,875 (3)          $    -
Executive Vice President       1997       $  117,000       $       -        $      -              $    -
Chief Financial Officer,       1996       $   82,000 (2)   $       -        $      -              $    -
   Treasurer and Secretary
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


     (1)--Effective  April 1,  1998,  Mr.  Recca has been  receiving  $7,917 per
month,  representing an annual directors fee in the annual amount of $95,000, in
his capacity as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company.

     (2)--Represents  the nine month  transition  period ended October 26, 1996,
when the  Company's  fiscal  year end was  changed  to the  Saturday  closest to
October 31 from the Saturday closest to January 31.

     (3)--Represents  stock  compensation at fair market value from common stock
received from HAC, on October 12, 1998.

     Severance Agreements

     The Company has entered into  substantially  similar  severance  agreements
("Severance  Agreement")  with each of  Franklin C. Karp,  Joseph J.  Calabrese,
Michael A. Beck, and Roland W. Hiemer.

     Each Severance  Agreement provides that in the event the Company is sold or
merged with another  company,  involved in a corporate  reorganization,  or if a
change of the current  management  takes place, and the party, for the foregoing
reasons,  is terminated or asked to accept a position  other than that of senior
officer  requiring  similar  responsibilities  to those that the party currently
performs, or if the current corporate office is moved to a new location which is
more than thirty miles from either Mineola, New York, or Lyndhurst,  New Jersey,
depending  on who the party is,  as a result  of a  reorganization  or change in
ownership or control, and the party declines the new position or relocation, the
Company or its successor in control will be obligated,  and continue, to pay the
party at the same salary and car allowance,  if any, the party had most recently
been earning,  for a period of one year  following  termination of Mr. Karp, Mr.
Calabrese,  and Mr. Beck and six months for Mr. Hiemer.  In addition,  the party
will be fully covered  under the Company's  benefit  plans,  including,  without
limitation,  the  Company's  medical,  dental,  life  and  disability  insurance
programs,  during the one-year  period for Mr. Karp, Mr.  Calabrese and Mr. Beck
and during the six-month  period for Mr. Hiemer  (including  family coverage for
medical and dental insurance).

     In  the  event  following  any  foregoing  termination  the  party  obtains
employment  at a  lesser  compensation  than  the  party's  compensation  by the
Company,  the Company will pay the party the difference between the two salaries
for the remainder of the one-year or six month period,  whichever is applicable,
plus continued coverage of the Company's benefit plans for the same period.

     Each  Severance  Agreement  also  provides  that in the  event the party is
terminated for any other reasons, except conduct that is materially injurious to
the Company or conviction of any crime  involving moral  turpitude,  the Company
will be obligated and continue to pay the party at the same salary the party has
most recently been earning, for a period of six months following termination for
Mr. Karp, Mr. Calabrese and Mr. Beck and three months for Mr. Hiemer,  plus full
coverage of the Company's benefits for the same period.

<PAGE>

     Employment Agreement

     On April 3, 1998, the Company entered into a two-year employment  agreement
with  Franklin  C. Karp,  the  Company's  President.  The  employment  agreement
provides  that  Mr.  Karp  continue  as the  Company's  President  with the same
compensation and benefits which Mr. Karp currently  receives,  subject to annual
adjustment to be determined and made by the Board of Directors of the Company.

     Stock Option Plan

     In April 1997,  the  Company  adopted a stock  option plan which  currently
covers 1,000,000 shares of the Common Stock. Options may be designated as either
(i) incentive stock options ("ISOs") under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code") or (ii)  non-qualified  stock options.  ISOs may be granted
under  the  Stock  Option  Plan  to  employees  and  officers  of  the  Company.
Non-qualified  options may be granted to consultants,  directors (whether or not
they  are  employees),  employees  or  officers  of  the  Company  (collectively
"Options").  In certain  circumstances,  the  exercise  of  Options  may have an
adverse effect on the market price of the Common Stock.

     The Stock Option Plan is intended to encourage stock ownership by employees
of the Company, so that they may acquire or increase their proprietary  interest
in the Company and to encourage  such  employees  and directors to remain in the
employ of the  Company and to put forth  maximum  efforts for the success of the
business.  Options  granted  under the Stock Option Plan may be  accompanied  by
either stock appreciation  rights ("SARS") or limited stock appreciation  rights
(the "Limited SARS"), or both.

     The Plan is  administered  by the Company's  Compensation  and Stock Option
Committee as the Board may establish or designate  (the  "Administrators").  The
Committee shall be comprised of not less than two members, and all of whom shall
be outside directors. The members of the Compensation and Stock Option Committee
are Stewart L. Cohen and William F. Kenny III, outside directors.

     The  Administrators,  within the limitation of the Stock Option Plan, shall
have the authority to determine  the types of options to be granted,  whether an
Option shall be  accompanied  by SARS or Limited SARS, the purchase price of the
shares of Common Stock covered by each Option (the "Option Price"),  the persons
to whom, and the time or times at which, Options shall be granted, the number of
shares to be covered by each Option and the terms and  provisions  of the option
agreements.

     The maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock as to which Options,
Rights and Limited  Rights may be granted under the Stock Option Plan to any one
optionee during any fiscal year of the Company is 50,000.

     With  respect to the ISOs,  in the event  that the  aggregate  fair  market
value,  determined  as of the date the ISO is  granted,  of the shares of Common
Stock with  respect to which  Options  granted and all other option plans of the
Company,  if any,  become  exercisable for the first time by any optionee during
any calendar  year  exceeds  $100,000,  Options  granted in excess of such limit
shall  constitute  non-qualified  stock  options  for all  purposes.  Where  the
optionee of an ISO is a ten (10%) percent stockholder, the Option Price will not
be less  than  110% of the fair  market  value of the  Company's  Common  Stock,
determined  on the date of grant,  and the exercise  period will not exceed five
(5) years from the date of grant of such ISO.  Otherwise,  the Option Price will
not be less than one  hundred  (100%)  percent of the fair  market  value of the
shares of the Common Stock on the date of grant,  and the  exercise  period will
not exceed ten (10) years from the date of grant. Options granted under the Plan
shall  not be  transferable  other  than by will or by the laws of  descent  and
distribution, and Options may be exercised, during the lifetime of the optionee,
only by the optionee or by his guardian or legal representative.

<PAGE>

     On December 5, 1997, the Company's  Compensation and Stock Option Committee
of the Board of  Directors  approved a grant,  as of the  effective  date of the
Offering,  of 70,000 incentive stock options to many of the Company's  employees
to  purchase  the  Company's  Common  Stock  originally  exercisable  at various
exercise  prices  between  $5.00 and $6.00,  over a  three-year  period from the
effective date. On October 28, 1998, the Company's Compensation and Stock Option
Committee  of the Board of Directors  amended and reduced the exercise  price of
such incentive  stock options to $3.00 for officers and middle  management,  and
$2.00 for other  employees.  These options remain  exercisable  over three years
(33-1/3% per year).  Additionally,  on the said date, the Compensation and Stock
Option  Committee  granted  75,000 new  incentive  stock options to purchase the
Company's  Common Stock to employees and  directors,  with an exercise  price of
$1.00.  These options are also  exercisable  over three years (33-1/3% per year)
except for those  options  granted to Messrs.  Cohen,  Kenny and  Gruder,  whose
options vest as follows: (i) 50% immediately;  (ii) 25% on October 28, 1999; and
(iii) 25% on October 28, 2000.

     Item 11. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

     The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  with respect to the
beneficial  ownership of shares of Common Stock as of October 31, 1998, based on
information  obtained from the persons named below,  by (i) each person known to
the Company to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of Common
Stock,  (ii) each executive  officer and director of the Company,  and (iii) all
officers and directors of the Company as a group:


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                Name and Address of                    Amount and Nature of Beneficial
                  Beneficial Owner                                Ownership                 Percentage
- ----------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------- ------------------
<S>                                                            <C>                            <C>    

Harvey Acquisition Company LLC                                 1,750,000 (3)                   53.3%
949 Edgewood Avenue
Pelham Manor, NY  10803

Michael E. Recca                                               1,758,333 (1)(5)                53.6%
949 Edgewood Avenue
Pelham Manor, NY  10803

Stewart L. Cohen                                                  15,000(2)                     *
Harvey Electronics, Inc.
205 Chubb Avenue
Lyndhurst, NJ 07071

William F. Kenny, III                                             13,489(2)                     *
Harvey Electronics, Inc.
205 Chubb Avenue
Lyndhurst, NJ 07071

Fredric J. Gruder                                                  7,500(2)                     *
Gersten, Savage, Kaplowitz & Fredericks, LLP
101 East 52nd Street
New York, NY 10022

Franklin C. Karp                                                  23,333(4)                     *
Harvey Electronics, Inc.
205 Chubb Avenue
Lyndhurst, NJ 07071

Joseph J. Calabrese                                               14,035(5)                     *
Harvey Electronics, Inc.
205 Chubb Avenue
Lyndhurst, NJ 07071

Michael A. Beck                                                   10,833(5)                     *
Harvey Electronics, Inc.
205 Chubb Avenue
Lyndhurst, NJ 07071

Roland W. Hiemer                                                   4,167(6)                     *
Harvey Electronics, Inc.
205 Chubb Avenue
Lyndhurst, NJ 07071

All Directors and Officers as group                            1,846,690                       56.3%
(8 Persons)

</TABLE>
<PAGE>

     * Less than 1% of outstanding shares of Common Stock.

     (1) Includes Shares owned by HAC, of which Mr. Recca is a member and one of
three managers.

     (2)  Includes  an option to purchase  up to 5,000  shares of the  Company's
Common Stock, which is exercisable at an exercise price of $1.00 per share.

     (3) 2,000,000 shares of the Company's  Common Stock were originally  issued
to HAC in  satisfaction  of the  $2,822,500 of  subordinated  secured  financing
provided to the Company during its  reorganization  process.  As a result of the
Company's public offering (the "Public  Offering") of 1,200,000 shares of Common
Stock and 1,830,000 Warrants to purchase Common Stock,  completed April 7, 1998,
175,000 shares of Common Stock were sold by HAC. In late November  1997,  85,000
shares of Common  Stock  were  transferred  by HAC to certain  employees  of the
Company (see "Certain  Transactions",  below,  for details).  Additionally,  HAC
purchased 10,000 shares of Common Stock from InterEquity Capital Partners,  L.P.
("InterEquity"),  a prereorganization subordinated secured debtholder, after the
closing of the Public Offering.

     (4)  Includes  an option to purchase  up to 8,333  shares of the  Company's
Common Stock, which is exercisable at an exercise price of $3.00 per share.

     (5)  Includes  an option to purchase  up to 3,333  shares of the  Company's
Common Stock, which is exercisable at an exercise price of $3.00 per share.

     (6)  Includes  an option to purchase  up to 1,666  shares of the  Company's
Common Stock, which is exercisable at an exercise price of $3.00 per share.

     Item 12. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

     In 1995 and 1996, during the Company's bankruptcy  proceeding,  the Company
borrowed, in the aggregate,  approximately  $2,822,500 (the "Loan") from HAC. As
of the Effective  Date of the  Company's  Reorganization  Plan,  and pursuant to
certain provisions  contained therein,  HAC's claims in connection with the Loan
were  satisfied by issuing HAC 2,000,000  shares of the Company's  Common Stock.
Subsequently,  Michael  Recca  was  elected  as a  member  and  Chairman  of the
Company's   Board  of   Directors.   Interest   expense   relating  to  the  HAC
debtor-in-possession  financing was  approximately  $149,000 for the fifty-three
weeks  ended  November  1,  1997.  Interest  paid  to HAC  in  fiscal  1998  was
approximately  $66,000.  In connection  with the Loan, the Company paid a $5,000
per month loan servicing fee, which was to be paid to Recca & Co. Inc., of which
Michael  Recca is the sole  shareholder,  through  October  1996.  Subsequently,
through April 1997, a $5,000 per month  management  fee to Recca & Co., Inc. was
accrued.  In fiscal 1998, the Company recorded $40,000 in management  consulting
fees, of which $23,000 is payable at October 31, 1998.

     Effective  April 1, 1998,  Mr. Recca has been  receiving  $7,917 per month,
representing  an annual  director's fee in the annual amount of $95,000,  in his
capacity as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company.

     Reference  is made to  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  or Plan of
Operation--Liquidity  and Capital Resources"  regarding the Company's  revolving
line of credit facility with Paragon, which the Company entered into on November
5, 1997.  Stewart L. Cohen,  a director of the Company,  is the Chief  Executive
Officer and a director of Paragon.

     In February and March, 1997, Mr. E. H. Arnold  ("Arnold"),  a member of HAC
and a holder of  Preferred  Stock,  loaned the Company the  principal  amount of
$350,000,  with an interest rate of 12% per annum.  On April 9, 1998,  this loan
was repaid with interest ($48,000) and without prepayment penalty.

     In November 1997, HAC transferred  85,000 shares of Common Stock to certain
employees  and  directors  of the  Company and  Arnold.  Such  transfer is to be
treated for accounting  purposes as if such shares were issued by the Company as
compensation to such persons.  In fiscal 1998, the Company recorded  $297,500 as
stock compensation expense (see Note 4 to the Financial Statements).

     On April 7, 1998,  HAC  reimbursed  the  Company  $70,000 of the  estimated
expenses of $475,000 in the Offering in addition to the  underwriting  discounts
and commissions and non-accountable expense allowance related to the Shares sold
by it in the  Offering.  In the future the Company  will  present  all  proposed
transactions between the Company and its officers, directors or 5% shareholders,
and  their  affiliates  to the  Board of  Directors  for its  consideration  and
approval.  Any such  transaction,  including  forgiveness of loans, will require
approval by a majority of the disinterested directors and such transactions will
be on terms no less  favorable  than  those  available  to  disinterested  third
parties.

     On October 31, 1998, the Company received a promissory note from a previous
member  of its  underwriter,  in lieu of an  outstanding  trade  receivable  for
$73,321. Payments,  including interest at 9% per annum are due to the Company as
follows;  twelve monthly  payments of $940 and a balloon  payment of $68,430 due
October 31, 1999. As a result,  the amount due to the Company has been presented
as a short-term "note receivable" at October 31, 1998.

<PAGE>

     Item 13. Exhibits and Reports on Form 8-K.

     (a)--The following  exhibits are hereby  incorporated by reference from the
corresponding exhibits filed under the Company's Form SB-2 under Commission File
#333-42121:

     Exhibit Number Description

     3.1.1--Restated Certificate of Incorporation of 1967

     3.1.2--Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of 1997

     3.1.3--Certificate  of Amendment of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of
December 1996

     3.1.4--Certificate  of Amendment of  Certificate of  Incorporation  of July
1988

     3.1.5--Certificate  of Amendment of  Certificate of  Incorporation  of July
1971

     3.1.6--Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of February
1971

     3.1.7--Certificate  of Amendment of  Certificate of  Incorporation  of June
1969

     3.1.8--Certificate   of  Amendment  of  Certificate  of   Incorporation  of
September 1968

     4.1--Sections in Certificate of Incorporation  and the Amended and Restated
By-Laws of Harvey  Electronics,  Inc.,  that define the rights of the holders of
shares of Common  Stock,  Preferred  Stock and holders of  Warrants(included  in
Exhibit Nos. 3.1.2 and 3.1.3)

     4.2--Form of Common Stock Certificate

     4.3--Form of Redeemable Common Stock Purchase Warrant

     4.4--Form of Representative's Warrant

     4.5--Form of Warrant to Holders of Preferred Stock

     10.1.1--Stock Option Plan of Harvey Electronics, Inc.

     10.1.2--Form of Stock Option Agreement

     10.2.1--Severance Agreement with Franklin C. Karp

     10.2.2--Severance Agreement with Joseph J. Calabrese

<PAGE>

     10.2.3--Severance Agreement with Michael A. Beck

     10.2.4--Severance Agreement with Roland W. Hiemer

     10.3--Employment Agreement with Franklin C. Karp

     10.4.1--Dealer  Agreement  between the Company and  Mitsubishi  Electronics
America, Inc.

     10.4.2--Dealer  Agreement between the Company and Niles Audio  Corporation,
Inc.

     10.5.1--Lease between the Company and Joseph P. Day Realty Corp. (2)

     10.5.2--Lease between the Company and Goodrich Fairfield Associates, L.L.C.
(2)

     10.5.3--Lease between the Company and Sprout Development Co. (2)

     10.5.4--Lease between the Company and Service Realty Company (2)

     10.5.5--Lease between the Company and 205 Associates (2)

     10.5.6--Sublease between the Company and Fabian Formals, Inc. and Affiliate
First Nighter of Canada (2)

     10.6--Loan  and  Security  Agreement,  Master Note and  Trademark  Security
Agreement with Paragon Capital LLC




     (ii) The  following  exhibits are hereby  incorporated  by  reference  from
Exhibit A filed as part of the registrant's Form 8-K dated November 3, 1997:

     Exhibit Number Description

     2.1.1--Restated Modified Amended Joint and Substantially  Consolidated Plan
of Reorganization of Harvey Electronics, Inc.

     2.1.2--Order dated November 13, 1996 Confirming Plan of Reorganization



     (iii) The following exhibits are hereby incorporated by reference from Item
7 filed as part of the registrant's Form 8-K dated April 7, 1998:

     Exhibit Number Description

     4.4--Representative's Warrant Agreement

     4.5--Warrant Agent Agreement

     10.1--Underwriting Agreement

     10.2--Financial  Advisory  and  Investment  Banking  Agreement  between the
Company and The Thornwater Company, L.P.

<PAGE>

     (iv) The  following  exhibits are hereby  incorporated  by reference to the
corresponding exhibits filed with the Company's Form 8-K dated October 12, 1998:

     10.01--Bang & Olufsen America,  Inc.  Termination Letter dated September 7,
1998

     10.02--Bang & Olufsen  America,  Inc. New Agreement Letter dated October 8,
1998

     10.03--Agreement  with Thornwater  regarding  termination of agreements and
lock-up amendments dated October 31, 1998

     (v) The following exhibits are annexed hereto:

     10.5.7 Lease Agreement with Martin Goldbaum and Sally Goldbaum

     10.5.8 Lease Agreement with Bender Realty*

     10.7 Surrender of Lease with 873 Broadway Associates

     10.8 Contract of Sale with Martin Goldbaum, Sally Goldbaum, the Sound Mill,
Inc. and Loriel Custom Audio Video Corp.

     10.9 License Agreement with ABC Home Furnishings, Inc.

     27.1--Financial Data Schedule

- -----------------------
*  To be filed

<PAGE>

     (b) Reports on Form 8-K

     The  Company  filed a Report  on Form 8-K dated  November  3,  1997,  which
reported events under Items 1, 3, 5, 7 and 8. The Company filed a Report on Form
8-K  dated  April 7,  1998,  which  reported  the  completion  of the  Company's
Offering.

     The  Company  filed a Report  on Form 8-K dated  October  12,  1998,  which
reported  events  relating to the  cancellation  of the  Financial  Advisory and
Investment  Banking  Agreement with its underwriter as well as the change in the
Company's expansion plan regarding Bang & Olufsen Branded Stores.


<PAGE>



                                   Signatures

     In accordance  with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Registrant
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized.

                                      Harvey Electronics, Inc.

                                   By /s/Franklin C. Karp
                                      ----------------------------------
                                      Franklin C. Karp, President

     Dated: January 28, 1999

     In  accordance  with the Exchange Act, this report has been signed below by
the following  persons on behalf of the  Registrant and in the capacities and on
the dated indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

            Signature                                   Title                                Date
- ---------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------- ----------------------
<S>                                <C>                                               <C>    

      /s/ Franklin C. Karp         President and Director                            January 28, 1999
- ----------------------------------
        Franklin C. Karp

     /s/ Joseph J. Calabrese       Executive Vice President, Chief Financial         January 28, 1999
- ---------------------------------- Officer, Treasurer, Secretary and Director
       Joseph J. Calabrese

        /s/ Michael E. Recca          Chairman and Director                             January 28, 1999
- ----------------------------------
          Michael E. Recca

    /s/ William F. Kenny, III      Director                                          January 28, 1999
- ----------------------------------
      William F. Kenny, III

      /s/ Stewart L. Cohen         Director                                          January 28, 1999
- ----------------------------------
        Stewart L. Cohen

      /s/ Fredric J. Gruder        Director                                          January 28, 1999
- ----------------------------------
        Fredric J. Gruder

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                                                       
     Item 7. Financial Statements.

                            Harvey Electronics, Inc.

                          Index to Financial Statements


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                                   <C> 

Report of Independent Auditors.....................................................................    F-2

Balance Sheet--October 31, 1998....................................................................    F-3

Statements of Operations--Fifty-Two Weeks ended October 31,
   1998 and Fifty-Three Weeks Ended November 1, 1997...............................................    F-4

Statements of Shareholders' Equity--Fifty-Two Weeks ended October 31,
   1998 and Fifty-Three Weeks Ended November 1, 1997...............................................    F-5

Statements of Cash Flows--Fifty-Two Weeks ended October 31,
   1998 and Fifty-Three Weeks Ended November 1, 1997 ..............................................    F-6

Notes to Financial Statements......................................................................    F-7

</TABLE>


<PAGE>


                                                    
                         Report of Independent Auditors

     Shareholders and Board of Directors

     Harvey Electronics, Inc.

     We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Harvey Electronics,  Inc.
as of October 31, 1998 and the related  statements of operations,  shareholders'
equity,  and cash flows for the  fifty-two  weeks ended October 31, 1998 and the
fifty-three  weeks ended November 1, 1997.  These  financial  statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management.  Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion,  the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Harvey Electronics,  Inc. at
October 31, 1998,  and the results of its  operations and its cash flows for the
fifty-two weeks ended October 31, 1998 and the fifty-three  weeks ended November
1, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

                                        /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
                                        -------------------------------
                                        Ernst & Young LLP




Melville, NY
January 7, 1999


<PAGE>


                            Harvey Electronics, Inc.

                                  Balance Sheet

                                October 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                            <C>   

Assets
Current assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents                                                                   $    221,444
   Accounts receivable, less allowance of $25,000                                                   365,635
   Note receivable                                                                                   73,321
   Inventories                                                                                    4,014,936
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                                        278,270
                                                                                            -------------------
Total current assets                                                                              4,953,606

Property and equipment:
   Leasehold improvements                                                                           973,162
   Furniture, fixtures and equipment                                                                842,375
                                                                                            -------------------
                                                                                                  1,815,537
   Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                                                   408,711
                                                                                            -------------------
                                                                                                  1,406,826
Equipment under capital leases                                                                       10,599
Cost in excess of net assets acquired, less accumulated amortization of $1,000                      149,000
Reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable to identifiable
   assets, less accumulated amortization of $132,023                                              1,516,440
Other assets, less accumulated amortization of $155,390                                             352,788
                                                                                            ===================
Total assets                                                                                   $  8,389,259
                                                                                            ===================

Liabilities and shareholders' equity Current liabilities:
   Trade accounts payable                                                                      $  1,577,126
   Accrued expenses and other current liabilities                                                   931,211
   Income taxes                                                                                      24,900
   Cumulative Preferred Stock dividends payable                                                      61,925
   Current portion of capital lease obligations                                                       3,352
                                                                                            -------------------
Total current liabilities                                                                         2,598,514

Long-term liabilities:
   Cumulative Preferred Stock dividends payable                                                      61,556
   Other liabilities                                                                                198,922
   Capital lease obligations                                                                          5,710
Commitments and contingencies

Shareholders' equity:
   8-1/2% Cumulative  Convertible  Preferred  Stock, par value $1,000 per share;
     authorized  10,000  shares;   issued  875  shares  (aggregate   liquidation
     preference--$875,000) 402,037
   Common Stock, par value $.01 per share; authorized 10,000,000 shares;
     issued 3,282,833 shares                                                                         32,828
   Additional paid-in capital                                                                     7,481,667
   Accumulated deficit                                                                           (2,391,975)
                                                                                            -------------------
Total shareholders' equity                                                                        5,524,557
                                                                                            ===================
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity                                                     $  8,389,259
                                                                                            ===================
</TABLE>

See notes to financial statements.


<PAGE>


                            Harvey Electronics, Inc.

                            Statements of Operations

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                        Fifty-Two         Fifty-Three Weeks
                                                                   Weeks Ended October    Ended November 1,
                                                                           31,                  1997
                                                                          1998
                                                                  ---------------------- --------------------
<S>                                                                   <C>                    <C>   


Net sales                                                            $  17,262,082          $  15,398,290
Interest and other income                                                   70,364                 72,652
                                                                  ---------------------- --------------------
                                                                        17,332,446             15,470,942
                                                                  ---------------------- --------------------

Cost of sales                                                           10,646,491              9,764,755
Selling, general and administrative expenses                             6,756,254              6,706,180
Stock compensation expense (Note 4)                                        297,500                      -
Financial advisory and  consulting fee to Underwriter (Note 4)             123,660                      -
Costs associated with lease transaction (Note 10)                          113,782                      -
Interest expense                                                           223,630                325,219
                                                                  ---------------------- --------------------
                                                                        18,161,317             16,796,154
                                                                  ---------------------- --------------------
Net loss                                                                  (828,871)            (1,325,212)

Preferred Stock dividend requirement                                       (83,376)               (70,479)
Accretion of Preferred Stock                                                (6,000)               (78,037)
                                                                  ---------------------- --------------------
Net loss attributable to Common Stock                                $    (918,247)            (1,473,728)
                                                                  ====================== ====================
Basic and diluted net loss per common share                                  $(.32)                 $(.65)
                                                                  ====================== ====================
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding
   during the year                                                                        
                                                                         2,844,751              2,257,833
                                                                  ====================== ====================

</TABLE>

See notes to financial statements.


<PAGE>


                            Harvey Electronics, Inc.

                       Statements of Shareholders' Equity

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Additional                              Total
                                               Preferred Stock    Common Stock    Paid-in     Deferred    Accumulated Shareholders'
                                               Shares    Amount Shares    Amount  Capital   Compensation    Deficit       Equity
- ------------------------------------------------ ------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- --------------- ---------
<S>                                            <C>      <C>    <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>             <C>             <C> 

Balance at October 26, 1996                     -        -     2,257,833 $ 22,578 $3,067,799  $   -      $     -        $ 3,090,377
Net loss for the year                           -        -       -          -        -            -       (1,325,212)    (1,325,212)
Cumulative dividends on Preferred Stock         -        -       -          -        -            -          (70,479)       (70,479)
Accretion of Preferred Stock                    -        -       -          -        -            -          (78,037)       (78,037)
                                             -------   ------  --------- -------- ---------- --------     ----------- --------------
Balance at November 1, 1997                     -        -     2,257,833   22,578  3,067,799      -       (1,473,728)     1,616,649

Net loss for the year                           -        -       -          -        -            -         (828,871)      (828,871)
Transfer of Common Stock from HAC to
   employees, directors and a member of HAC     -        -       -          -        297,500  (297,500)         -              -
Accretion of Preferred Stock                    -        -       -          -        -            -           (6,000)        (6,000)
Reclassify Preferred Stock to shareholders'
   equity upon removal of redemption feature    875  $ 402,037   -          -        -            -             -           402,037
Cumulative dividends on Preferred Stock         -        -       -          -        -            -          (83,376)       (83,376)
Deferred compensation earned                    -        -       -          -        -         297,500          -           297,500
Record value of Common Stock Warrants granted   -        -       -          -         30,000      -             -            30,000
Proceeds from public offering of common stock   -        -     1,025,000   10,250  5,114,750      -             -         5,125,000
Proceeds from issuance of 2,104,500 common
   stock warrants in public offering            -        -       -          -        210,450      -             -           210,450
Expenses of public offering of common stock
   and warrants                                  -        -      -          -     (1,238,832)     -             -        (1,238,832)
                                             =======  ======= =========  ========= ==========  =========   ==========    ===========
Balance at October 31, 1998                    875  $ 402,037 3,282,833 $ 32,828 $ 7,481,667      -      $ (2,391,975)   $ 5,524,557
                                             =======  ======= =========  ========= ==========  =========   ==========    ===========

</TABLE>

See notes to financial statements.


<PAGE>


                                                       
                            Harvey Electronics, Inc.

                            Statements of Cash Flows
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                               Fifty-Two           Fifty-Three
                                                                              Weeks Ended          Weeks Ended
                                                                              October 31,          November 1,
                                                                                 1998                 1997

                                                                          -------------------- --------------------
<S>                                                                             <C>                <C>    

Operating activities
Net loss                                                                     $    (828,871)       $  (1,325,212)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in
   operating activities:
     Stock compensation expense                                                    297,500                    -
     Depreciation and amortization                                                 412,401              371,434
     Provision (credit) for losses on accounts receivable                            5,000               (5,000)
     Warranty reserve credit                                                        (6,000)                   -
     Write-off of other assets                                                           -               32,164
     Straight-line impact of rent escalations                                       47,511               61,055
     Miscellaneous                                                                   6,508              (10,000)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
   Accounts receivable                                                             (98,199)              38,360
   Note receivable                                                                 (73,321)                   -
   Inventories                                                                    (451,158)            (550,940)
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets                                      (168,614)             143,795
   Trade accounts payable                                                         (139,629)             390,937
   Accrued expenses, other current liabilities and income taxes                   (231,707)             303,407
                                                                          -------------------- --------------------
Net cash used in operating activities                                           (1,228,579)            (550,000)
Investing activities:
Redemption of certificate of deposit                                               200,000                    -
Net book value of deletions                                                              -               37,254
Amount due under lease surrender agreement                                         (70,236)                   -
Purchases of property and equipment                                               (382,019)            (629,618)
Acquisition of business                                                           (200,000)                   -
Purchase of other assets                                                           (52,065)             (70,879)
                                                                          -------------------- --------------------
Net cash used in investing activities                                             (504,320)            (663,243)
                                                                          -------------------- --------------------
Financing activities:
Proceeds from public offering of common stock and warrants                       5,335,450                    -
Public offering costs                                                           (1,112,167)            (126,665)
Proceeds from new revolving credit facility                                      2,262,306                    -
Temporary repayment of new revolving credit facility from
   proceeds of offering                                                         (2,262,306)                   -
Costs relating to refinancing                                                      (82,177)             (67,532)
(Repayment) proceeds from note payable                                            (350,000)             350,000
Debtor-in-possession financing                                                           -              605,000
Payments relating to Chapter 11 reorganization                                           -             (456,913)
Net (payments) proceeds from old revolving line of credit facility              (1,777,851)             999,634
Preferred Stock dividends paid                                                     (36,882)                   -
Principal payments on capital lease obligations                                    (32,063)             (83,627)
                                                                          -------------------- --------------------
Net cash provided by financing activities                                        1,944,310            1,219,897
                                                                          -------------------- --------------------
Increase in cash and cash equivalents                                              211,411                6,654
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                                      10,033                3,379
                                                                          ==================== ====================
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                                     $     221,444        $      10,033
                                                                          ==================== ====================
Supplement cash flow information:
Interest paid                                                                $     288,000        $     282,000
                                                                          ==================== ====================
Taxes paid                                                                   $      15,000        $           -
                                                                          ==================== ====================

</TABLE>

See notes to financial statements.


<PAGE>





                            Harvey Electronics, Inc.

                          Notes to Financial Statements

                                October 31, 1998


     1. Business Description and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

     Description of Business

     The Company is a specialty  retailer of high quality  audio/video  consumer
electronics and home theater products in the Metropolitan New York area. Revenue
from retail sales is  recognized at the time goods are delivered to the customer
or, for certain  installation  services,  when such  services are  performed and
accepted by the customer.

     Accounting Estimates

     The  preparation of the financial  statements in conformity  with generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions that affect the financial  statements and accompanying notes. Actual
results could differ from those estimates.

     Long-Lived Assets

     In March 1995, the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board ("FASB")  issued
Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards ("SFAS") No. 121,  "Accounting for
the  Impairment of Long-Lived  Assets and for  Long-Lived  Assets to Be Disposed
Of," which the Company  adopted  effective in Fiscal 1996. SFAS No. 121 requires
impairment  losses to be recorded on long-lived  assets used in operations  when
indicators of impairment are present and the  undiscounted  cash flows estimated
to be generated by those assets are less than the assets' carrying amount.  SFAS
No. 121 also addresses the accounting for long-lived assets that are expected to
be disposed of.  Operating  losses  subsequent to the Company's  emergence  from
Chapter 11 indicate that the reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable
to identifiable  assets might be impaired.  However,  the Company's  estimate of
undiscounted  cash flows indicate that such carrying  amounts are expected to be
recovered.

     Stock Based Compensation

     In October 1995, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123,  "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation."  SFAS No. 123 defines a fair value method of  accounting  for the
issuance of stock  options and other  equity  instruments.  Under the fair value
method,  compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value
of the award and is recognized over the service period, which is usually the

<PAGE>





                            Harvey Electronics, Inc.

                    Notes to Financial Statements (continued)




     1. Business  Description  and Summary of  Significant  Accounting  Policies
(continued)

vesting period. Pursuant to SFAS No. 123, companies are encouraged, but are
not  required,  to adopt  the fair  value  method  of  accounting  for  employee
stock-based  transactions.  Companies are also  permitted to continue to account
for such transactions  under Accounting  Principles Board Opinion No. 25, as the
Company  has  elected to do,  but are  required  to  disclose  in the  financial
statement  footnotes,  pro-forma  net  income  and per share  amounts  as if the
Company had applied the new method of accounting for all grants made since 1996.
SFAS No. 123 also requires  increased  disclosures for stock-based  compensation
arrangements.  The Company has adopted the disclosure  requirements  of SFAS No.
123 (see Note 6).

     Segment Disclosures

     In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131,  "Disclosures about Segments of
an Enterprise and Related  Information." SFAS No. 131 establishes  standards for
the way that public  business  enterprises  report  information  about operating
segments in annual  Financial  Statements  and requires  that those  enterprises
report  selected  information  about  operating  segments  in interim  financial
reports.  It also establishes  standards for related  disclosures about products
and services,  geographic areas, and major customers.  SFAS No. 131 is effective
for financial statements for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 1997, and
therefore,  the  Company  will  adopt  the  new  requirements  in  Fiscal  1999.
Management has not completed its review of SFAS No. 131, but does not anticipate
that the  adoption  of this  statement  will  have a  significant  impact on the
Company.

     Inventories

     Inventories  are stated at the lower of cost  (average-cost  method,  which
approximates the first-in, first-out method) or market.



<PAGE>


     1. Business  Description  and Summary of  Significant  Accounting  Policies
(continued)

     Depreciation and Amortization

     Property and Equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and
amortization.  Depreciation  of  property  and  equipment,  including  equipment
acquired under capital leases, is provided for by the straight-line  method over
the estimated useful lives of the related  equipment,  ranging from three to ten
years.  Leasehold  improvements  are amortized  over the lease term or estimated
useful life of the improvements, whichever is shorter.

     Income Taxes

     The financial  statements  have been  prepared in conformity  with SFAS No.
109,  "Accounting  for Income  Taxes."  This  statement  requires the use of the
liability method in accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax
assets and liabilities  are determined  based on differences  between  financial
reporting  and tax basis of assets and  liabilities  and are measured  using the
enacted  tax rates and laws that  will be in  effect  when the  differences  are
expected to reverse.

     Deferred  income  taxes  reflect the net effects of  temporary  differences
between the carrying  amounts of assets and liabilities for financial  reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes (see Note 6).

     Loss Per Share

     In 1997,  the FASB issued SFAS No. 128,  "Earnings Per Share." SFAS No. 128
replaced the  calculation  of primary and fully diluted  earnings per share with
basic and diluted earnings per share.  Unlike primary earnings per share,  basic
earnings  per share  excludes  any  dilutive  effects of options,  warrants  and
convertible  securities.  Diluted  earnings  per  share is very  similar  to the
previously reported fully diluted earnings per share. Earnings per share amounts
for  all  periods  have  been   presented  and  conform  to  the  SFAS  No.  128
requirements.



<PAGE>


     1. Business  Description  and Summary of  Significant  Accounting  Policies
(continued)

     The basic loss per common share for the  fifty-two  weeks ended October 31,
1998 and the fifty-three  weeks ended November 1, 1997 was computed based on the
weighted average number of common shares  outstanding.  Common equivalent shares
of  approximately  131,250,  relating to the conversion of Preferred  Stock, for
fiscal 1998 and 1997, were not considered  since their inclusion would have been
antidilutive.

     Statement of Cash Flows

     The  Company  considers  all highly  liquid  investments  purchased  with a
maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

     The  book  values  of  cash  and  cash  equivalents,   accounts  and  notes
receivable,  accounts  payable and accrued  liabilities  approximate  their fair
values principally because of the short term nature of these items.

     Concentration of Credit Risk

     The  Company's  operations  consist of the retail sale,  service and custom
installation of high quality audio,  video and home theater equipment in the New
York Metropolitan area. The Company performs credit evaluations of its customers
financial  condition  and  payment  history  but  does not  require  collateral.
Generally,  accounts  receivable  are due within 30 days and credit  losses have
historically been immaterial.

     Advertising Expense

     Advertising expense, net of cooperative advertising allowances,  is charged
to operations  when the  advertising  takes place.  Advertising  expense for the
fifty-two weeks ended October 31, 1998 and the fifty-three  weeks ended November
1,  1997  was  approximately  $233,000  and  $401,000,   respectively.   Prepaid
advertising for print advertisements not run at October 31, 1998 and November 1,
1997 was approximately $75,000 and $15,000, respectively.



<PAGE>


     2. Plan of Reorganization and Fresh Start Reporting

     Plan of Reorganization

     On August 3, 1995,  the Company  (then known as The Harvey  Group Inc.  and
Subsidiaries  or  "Predecessor")  filed petitions for relief under Chapter 11 of
the United States  Bankruptcy Code with the United States  Bankruptcy  Court for
the Southern  District of New York (the "Court").  This filing was the result of
certain negative  factors  including but not limited to: (i) the negative effect
of a $2,138,000  judgment  entered against the Company;  (ii) liabilities of The
Harvey Group Inc.,  including the obligations of its discontinued food brokerage
division,  the payment of which significantly  reduced cash; (iii) the recession
in the early 1990's  coupled  with the soft market in the  consumer  electronics
industry,  all of which resulted in losses and a shortage of cash flow; and (iv)
the delisting of the Predecessor's common stock from the American Stock Exchange
in June 1995,  which  delisting  made a proposed $4.2 million  equity  placement
untenable.

     On November 13, 1996 (the  "Confirmation  Date"),  the Court  confirmed the
Restated  Modified  Amended  Joint  and   Substantially   Consolidated  Plan  of
Reorganization  of The  Harvey  Group  Inc.  (the  "Reorganization  Plan").  The
Effective  date  of  the   Reorganization   Plan  was  December  26,  1996  (the
"Reorganization  Date"),  at which time The Harvey  Group Inc.  emerged from its
Chapter 11 reorganization and changed its name to Harvey  Electronics,  Inc. The
Company has given effect to the Reorganization  Plan as of October 26, 1996, the
end of the accounting period nearest to the Confirmation Date.

     Prior to the Reorganization Date, all of the Company's old shares of common
and  preferred  stock were  canceled.  The  Company  simultaneously  amended its
Certificate  of  Incorporation  and is  authorized  to issue  10,010,000  shares
consisting of 10,000 shares of 8.5% Cumulative  Convertible Preferred Stock (see
Note 5) with a par  value of  $1,000  per  share  (the  "Preferred  Stock")  and
10,000,000  shares of  Common  Stock  with a par  value of $.01 per  share  (the
"Common Stock").



<PAGE>


     2. Plan of Reorganization and Fresh Start Reporting (continued)

     The Reorganization Plan provided for the following:

     a. Redistribution of Common Stock

     Prior to the Reorganization  Date, the new shares of common stock in Harvey
Electronics, Inc. were issued as follows:

     2,000,000 shares were issued to Harvey Acquisition Company,  L.L.C. ("HAC")
in satisfaction of the $2,822,500 of subordinated  secured financing provided to
the Company during its reorganization process.

     186,306  shares  were  issued  to the  Company's  unsecured  creditors;  in
satisfaction of prepetition liabilities compromised.

     19,962 shares were issued to the Company's former shareholders.

     InterEquity  Capital Partners,  L.P.  ("InterEquity"),  a prereorganization
subordinated  secured  debtholder,  received  51,565  shares of Common  Stock as
payment in full of an allowed finders fee.

     As a result of the above,  2,257,833  shares of Common Stock were issued on
the Effective date.

     b. Issuance of Preferred Stock (see Note 5)

     Prior to the  Reorganization  Date,  875 shares of the Company's  Preferred
Stock were issued to the Company's pre-reorganization  subordinated secured debt
holders in exchange for $875,000 of such debt. The reorganization carrying value
of the Preferred Stock has been estimated to be $318,000 based on a sale of such
security, independent of the Company, for 36% of stated value.



<PAGE>


     2. Plan of Reorganization and Fresh Start Reporting (continued)

     c. Convenience Claims/Miscellaneous

     Convenience  claims  of  $1,000  or less  were  paid in cash  approximating
$20,000.  The Reorganization Plan also provided for cash distributions ($452) of
$1.00 to any  former  shareholders  holding  100 or fewer  shares of old  common
stock.

     d. Agreement and Plan of Merger

     Pursuant to the  Reorganization  Plan,  the  Company's  Board of  Directors
approved the  Agreement  and Plan of Merger  effective  December 26, 1996 by and
between the Company and its 100%  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Harvey Sound,  Inc.
("Sound"), pursuant to which Sound was merged with and into the Company.

     e. Change in Fiscal Year

     The  Company's  Board of Directors  approved an amendment to its By-Laws to
reflect the change in the  Company's  fiscal year from the  Saturday  closest to
January 31 to the Saturday closest to October 31.

     f. Stock Option Plan

     The  Company's  Board of Directors  approved the Harvey  Electronics,  Inc.
Stock Option Plan ("Stock Option Plan").  The Stock Option Plan provides for the
granting of options to purchase up to  1,000,000  shares of common  stock of the
Company (see Note 5). The Stock Option Plan was approved by the  shareholders in
fiscal 1998.

     g. Prepetition Liabilities Subject to Compromise

     Under Chapter 11, certain claims against the Company in existence  prior to
the filing of the  petitions  for relief  under the Code were  stayed  while the
Company continued its operations as a debtor-in-possession.

     Liabilities subject to compromise  immediately preceding the Reorganization
Plan  ($4,782,000),  were  satisfied  with the issuance of common stock as noted
above and the related  forgiveness of debt was recorded as an extraordinary gain
in the 1996 fiscal period.


<PAGE>


     2. Plan of Reorganization and Fresh Start Reporting (continued)

     Fresh Start Reporting

     Fresh Start Reporting was adopted on the  Confirmation  Date and applied as
of  October  26,  1996,  the  end  of  the  accounting  period  closest  to  the
Confirmation Date.  Results of operations and balance sheet differences  between
such dates were insignificant.  The Company has adopted Fresh Start Reporting in
accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement
of Position 90-7,  "Financial  Reporting by Entities in Reorganization under the
Bankruptcy Code." The Company adopted fresh-start  reporting because the holders
of existing voting shares immediately before filing and confirmation of the plan
received  less than 50% of the  voting  shares of the  emerging  entity  and its
reorganization  value is less  than its  postpetition  liabilities  and  allowed
claims.

     Fresh  Start  Reporting  has  resulted  in  changes to the  balance  sheet,
including valuation of assets and liabilities at fair market value,  elimination
of the  accumulated  deficit  through  October 26, 1996 and  valuation of equity
based on the reorganization value of the ongoing business.

     The  reorganization  value  of the  Company  was  determined  based  on the
consideration  received  from HAC to obtain  its  ownership  in the  Company.  A
carrying  value of $318,000  was assigned to the  Preferred  Stock (see Note 5).
Subsequent to the  Reorganization  Date, the Company issued an additional 51,565
shares of Common  Stock to  InterEquity,  as  authorized  by the  Court,  for an
approved finders fee. The excess of the reorganization value over the fair value
of net assets and  liabilities  ($1,516,440  at October 31, 1998) is reported as
"Reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable to identifiable assets" and
is being  amortized  over a  twenty-five  year period.  Amortization  expense of
approximately $66,000 was recorded for fiscal years 1998 and 1997.

     3. Revolving Lines of Credit Facilities

     On November 5, 1997, the Company  entered into a three-year  revolving line
of credit facility with Paragon Capital L.L.C.  ("Paragon")  whereby the Company
may borrow up to $3,300,000 based upon a lending formula (as defined) calculated
on eligible  inventory.  Proceeds  from Paragon were used to pay down and cancel
the existing credit facility with Congress Financial  Corporation  ("Congress"),
reduce trade  payables and pay related  costs of the  refinancing.  The interest
rate on borrowings up to $2,500,000 is 1% over the prime rate

<PAGE>


     3. Revolving Lines of Credit Facilities (continued)

     (8% at October 31,  1998).  The rate charged on  outstanding  balances over
$2,500,000  is 1.75% above the prime rate.  A commitment  fee of $49,500  (being
amortized  over three  years) was paid by the  Company at closing and a facility
fee of  three-quarters  of one percent (.75%) of the maximum credit line will be
charged each year. Monthly maintenance charges and an early termination fee also
exist under the line of credit.

     Paragon also received a warrant to purchase 125,000 shares of common stock,
subject to  adjustment,  which is currently  exercisable at a price of $5.50 per
share and  expires  April 3, 2001.  The Company is  amortizing  the value of the
warrants over a three-year  period,  based upon the estimated fair value of such
warrant of approximately $24,000.

     Paragon has a senior security interest in all of the Company's assets.  The
line of credit facility  provides  Paragon with rights of acceleration  upon the
occurrence of certain customary events of default  including,  among others, the
event of bankruptcy.  The Company is restricted from paying  dividends on common
stock,  retiring or  repurchasing  its common stock and entering into additional
indebtedness (as defined). Additionally, certain financial covenants exist.

     The Paragon  credit  facility  replaced the Company's  previously  existing
$3,000,000  revolving line of credit with Congress.  The Congress line of credit
required a $200,000  certificate  of deposit as security  during the term of the
line of credit; such certificate of deposit was released upon termination of the
line of credit and redeemed by the Company.

     Subsequent to the Reorganization Date, an individual who is a member of HAC
and holder of Preferred Stock, issued to the Company a $350,000 term loan, to be
used for working capital purposes. This term loan with interest of approximately
$48,000 was repaid in April 1998,  with the proceeds of the public offering (see
Note 4). Interest expense relating to such term loan was  approximately  $20,000
and $28,000 for fiscal years 1998 and 1997, respectively.

     4. Sale of Common Stock and Warrants in Public Offering

     On April 7, 1998, the Company completed an issuance of its common stock and
common stock warrants in a public  offering (the  "Offering").  The Offering was
co-managed  by The  Thornwater  Company,  L.P.  (the  "Underwriter")  which sold
1,200,000  shares of the Company's  common stock, of which 1,025,000 shares were
sold by the Company and 175,000 shares were sold by HAC, and 2,104,500 of



<PAGE>


     4. Sale of Common Stock and Warrants in Public Offering (continued)

Warrants  ("Warrants") to acquire additional shares of the Company's common
stock. The net proceeds from the Offering, which approximated $4.1 million, were
used to temporarily  repay amounts  borrowed  under the Paragon credit  facility
($2,262,306) and to retire the principal  ($350,000) and interest ($47,627) of a
term  loan,  with  the  balance  of the  proceeds  to be used for  retail  store
expansion and general working capital purposes.

     Each  Warrant is  exercisable  for one share of common stock at 110% ($5.50
per share) of the Offering  price for a period of three years  commencing  March
31, 2000, two years from the effective  date of the Offering.  The Warrants also
are redeemable (at a prescribed price) at the Company's option,  beginning March
31, 2000 if the closing bid price of the common stock for 20 consecutive trading
days exceeds 150% of the Offering price per share.

     At closing,  the Company paid the Underwriter  $123,660,  representing  the
prepayment of a three-year financial advisory and consulting agreement which was
to be amortized  over the life of the  agreement.  As of October 31, 1998,  this
financial   advisory  and   consulting   agreement   was  mutually   terminated.
Additionally,  the  Underwriter  agreed to modify the lock-up  arrangement  with
respect to shares owned by the Company's majority shareholder,  HAC, and members
of management. The termination of the lock-up has been accelerated to January 1,
1999. As a result, the Company in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1998, accelerated
the amortization of the prepaid three-year financial advisory and consulting fee
paid to the  Underwriter  and  recorded a charge to  operations  of $123,660 for
fiscal 1998, of which  approximately  $110,000 was charged in the fourth quarter
of fiscal 1998.

     In November 1997, HAC transferred  85,000 shares of common stock to certain
employees  and  directors  of the Company and an  individual  who is a preferred
shareholder and a member of HAC. Such transfer has been accounted for as if such
shares were issued by the Company as compensation  to such persons.  The Company
recorded deferred stock  compensation  expense equal to the fair market value of
the shares  ($297,500)  which was to be  amortized  over a  two-year  forfeiture
period.  However, in October 1998, HAC removed the two-year forfeiture provision
and the  Company  accelerated  the  amortization  of the  deferred  compensation
expense.  As a result,  $297,500  of stock  compensation  expense was charged to
operations  during  fiscal  1998,  of which  $209,500  was charged in the fourth
quarter of fiscal 1998.



<PAGE>


     5. Stock Based Compensation Plan and Preferred Stock

     Stock Option Plan

     In  conjunction  with  the  Reorganization  Plan,  the  Company's  Board of
Directors and shareholders  approved the Harvey  Electronics,  Inc. Stock Option
Plan ("Stock  Option  Plan") in fiscal 1998.  The Stock Option Plan provides for
the granting of up to 1,000,000  shares of incentive  and  non-qualified  common
stock  options  and  stock  appreciation  rights  to  directors,   officers  and
employees.  All options are  exercisable  at times as determined by the Board of
Directors not to exceed ten years from the date of grant. The Company's previous
stock option plan was canceled in connection  with the  Reorganization  Plan. On
December 5, 1997, the Company's  Compensation  and Stock Option Committee of the
Board of  Directors  ("Compensation  Committee")  approved  a  grant,  as of the
effective  date of the Offering,  of 70,000  incentive  stock options to certain
employees  to purchase the  Company's  common stock  originally  exercisable  at
various exercise prices between  $5.00-$6.00,  over a three-year  vesting period
from the  effective  date.  On October  28,  1998,  the  Company's  Compensation
Committee  reissued the 70,000 incentive stock options with an exercise price of
$3.00 for officers and middle  management,  and $2.00 for other employees.  Such
options remain  exercisable over a three-year vesting period (33-1/3% per year).
Simultaneously,  the  Compensation  Committee  granted  75,000  incentive  stock
options to certain  employees and  directors,  with an exercise  price of $1.00.
These options are also exercisable over a three-year vesting period (33-1/3% per
year),  except for  Messrs.  Cohen,  Kenny and  Gruder,  whose  options  vest as
follows:  (i) 50%  immediately;  (ii) 25% on October 28, 1999;  and (iii) 25% on
October 28, 2000.

     In fiscal 1998,  the Company  reserved  145,000  shares of common stock for
issuance in  connection  with stock  options.  The  weighted  average  remaining
contractual life of the options  outstanding is three years. The following table
summarizes activity in stock options during fiscal 1998:

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                              Weighted
                                          Shares            Shares Under Option                Average
                                                      ---------------------------------
                                      Available for    Option Price       Number of        Exercise Price
                                         Granting        per Share         Shares
                                      --------------- ---------------- ---------------- -- ----------------
<S>                                    <C>                <C>                <C>               <C>  
  
    Balance at November 1, 1997              -                                 -
         1998 stock option grant          145,000                                 -
         Granted--December 5, 1998        (70,000)       $2.00-$3.00         70,000              $2.86
         Forfeited                         3,200           $2.00            (3,200)             $2.00
         Granted--October 28, 1998        (75,000)          $1.00            75,000              $1.00
                                      ===============                  ================
      Balance at October 31, 1998          3,200                           141,800              $1.89
                                      ===============                  ================

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


     5. Stock Based Compensation Plan and Preferred Stock (continued)

     Of the  options  outstanding  at October 31,  1998,  a total of 15,000 were
exercisable.  The  weighted  average  fair value of options  granted  during the
fiscal year ended October 31, 1998 was $1.61.

     Exercise  prices for  options  outstanding  as of October  31,  1998 are as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

  Number of Options
 Outstanding at Year                 Options Exercisable
         End                           at End of Year                    Range of Exercise
                                      Price
- -----------------------             ----------------------             ----------------------
<S>                                     <C>                                   <C>    

         75,000                            15,000                              $1.00
          6,800                                 -                              $2.00
         60,000                                 -                              $3.00
=======================             ======================             ======================
        141,800                            15,000                         $1.00-$3.00
=======================             ======================             ======================
</TABLE>


     The  alternative  fair value  accounting  provided  for under SFAS No. 123,
requires  use of option  valuation  models  that were not  developed  for use in
valuing employee stock options.  Under APB 25, because the exercise price of the
Company's  Stock  Options  equals or exceeds the market price of the  underlying
stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense is recognized.

     The  Black-Scholes   option  valuation  model  was  developed  for  use  in
estimating the fair value of traded  options which have no vesting  restrictions
and are fully  transferable.  In addition,  option  valuation models require the
input of highly  subjective  assumptions  including  the  expected  stock  price
volatility.

     Because  the  Company's   employee   stock  options  have   characteristics
significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the
subjective input assumptions can materially  affect the fair value estimate,  in
management's  opinion,  the  existing  models do not  provide a reliable  single
measure of the fair value of its stock options.

     Pro forma information  regarding net loss and net loss per share (basic and
diluted) is required by SFAS No. 123,  which also requires that the  information
be determined  as if the Company had  accounted  for its stock  options  granted
under the fair value of that statement.
<PAGE>

     5. Stock Based Compensation Plan and Preferred Stock (continued)

     The fair value of these  options was  estimated  at the date of grant using
the  Black-Sholes  option pricing model with the following  assumptions  for the
fiscal year ended October 31, 1998: risk-free interest rate of 6.5%; no dividend
yield;  volatility  factors of the expected market price of the Company's common
stock of 1.489;  and a  weighted  average  expected  life of the  options of 3.0
years.

     For  purposes of pro forma  disclosures,  the  estimated  fair value of the
options is amortized to expense over the options' vesting period.  The Company's
pro forma  information for fiscal year 1998 is as follows (pro forma information
for  fiscal  1997  is  not  required  as  no  stock   options  were  granted  or
outstanding):

Pro forma net loss                                            $   (880,000)
                                                           ------------------
Pro forma net loss attributable to common stock               $   (969,000)
                                                           ------------------
Pro forma basic and diluted loss per share                    $       (.34)
                                                           ==================

8.5% Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock

     The Company's Preferred Stock has no voting rights and is redeemable at the
option of the  Company's  Board of  Directors  in whole or in part at face value
plus any  accrued  dividends.  The  carrying  value of the  Preferred  Stock was
estimated to be $402,037 at October 31, 1998.

     In the event of  liquidation  of the Company,  the holders of the Preferred
Stock  shall  receive  preferential  rights and shall be  entitled  to receive a
aggregate  liquidation  preference of $875,000 plus any  outstanding  dividends,
prior to any distributions to common shareholders.  The holders of the Preferred
Stock  shall  receive  a  semiannual  8.5%  cumulative  dividend  ($85 per share
annually),  payable on the last business day in June and  December.  The Company
may and has elected to defer only the first year's dividend at a preference rate
of $105 per share annually.  This amount,  plus interest at 8.5% per annum, will
be payable in three equal  annual  installments  from  December 31, 1998 through
2000.

     The  Preferred  Stock may be  converted  into shares of Common  Stock until
December 31, 2000 at the option of the holder,  in whole or in part, as follows:
(i) the first 50% of the  Preferred  Stock can be  converted at $6.00 per share,
and (ii) the balance is convertible at $7.50 per share.  Beginning on January 1,

<PAGE>
5. Stock Based Compensation Plan and Preferred Stock (continued)

2001, the Preferred  Stock is convertible at the average  closing price, as
defined, of the Company's Common Stock for the preceding 45 day period.

     The Preferred Stock also contained a redemption  feature whereby each share
would be redeemed on December 31, 2000. In December 1997, the redemption feature
was eliminated and the holders of the Preferred  Stock received  36,458 Warrants
to purchase shares of common stock (valued at  approximately  $6,000) with terms
equivalent to the Warrants granted during the Offering (see Note 4). The balance
sheet at October 31, 1998 has been  presented to reflect the Preferred  Stock as
part of shareholders' equity, as a result of the eliminated redemption feature.

     Cumulative  Preferred Stock  dividends  payable of $123,481 are outstanding
and classified between current ($61,925), and long-term ($61,556) liabilities at
October 31, 1998.  Such  dividends,  along with the accretion on the  redeemable
Preferred Stock ($6,000),  were recorded as a reduction of retained  earnings at
October 31, 1998.

     6. Income Taxes

     At  October  31,  1998,  the  Company  has  available  net  operating  loss
carryforwards of approximately  $2,900,000 which expire in various years through
fiscal   2013.   Of   this   amount,   approximately   $2,250,000   relates   to
pre-reorganization  net  operating  loss  carryforwards.  As  a  result  of  the
Company's  Reorganization Plan and significant  ownership change,  under Section
382 of the IRS Code, it is estimated that the  pre-reorganization  net operating
loss carryforward and other pre-reorganization tax attributes will be limited to
approximately $150,000 per year over the next fifteen years.

     At October 31, 1998 and November 1, 1997,  the Company had net deferred tax
assets  of  approximately  $1,400,000  and  $1,207,000,   respectively,  arising
primarily from the future availability of the above tax attributes.  Such amount
has been offset in full by a valuation allowance.

     Future benefits  realized,  if any, from  pre-reorganization  net operating
loss carryforwards would first reduce  reorganization value in excess of amounts
allocable to identifiable assets until exhausted and thereafter be reported as a
direct addition to paid in capital.



<PAGE>


     7. Pension and Profit Sharing Plan

     The Harvey Group Inc.  Savings and  Investment  Plan (the "Plan")  includes
profit sharing,  defined  contribution and 401(k) provisions and is available to
all eligible  employees of the Company.  There were no contributions to the Plan
for the fifty-two weeks ended October 31, 1998 and the  fifty-three  weeks ended
November 1, 1997.  Effective  January 1, 1995, the Company's  Board of Directors
temporarily   elected  to  eliminate  the  employer  401(k)  match  on  employee
contributions. Subsequent to the Effective Date of the offering, the Plan's name
was amended and changed to Harvey Electronics, Inc. Savings and Investment Plan.

     8. Commitments and Contingencies

     Commitments

     The Company's  financial  statements  reflect the  accounting for equipment
leases as capital  leases by recording  the asset and the related  liability for
the lease obligation.  No additional  capital leases were recorded during fiscal
1998 and  approximately  $11,000 of such  leases were  recorded in fiscal  1997.
Future  minimum  rental  commitments,  by year and in the  aggregate,  under the
capital  leases and  noncancelable  operating  leases with  initial or remaining
terms of one year or more consisted of the following at October 31, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            Operating Leases          Capital
                                                                                      Leases
                                                           -------------------- --------------------
<S>                                                              <C>                 <C>   


Fiscal 1999                                                  $     1,608,000          $   5,000
Fiscal 2000                                                        1,701,000              4,000
Fiscal 2001                                                        1,471,000              2,000
Fiscal 2002                                                        1,380,000                  -
Fiscal 2003                                                        1,290,000                  -
Thereafter                                                         3,212,000                  -
                                                                                --------------------
                                                           ====================
Total minimum lease payments                                 $    10,662,000             11,000
                                                           ====================
Less amount representing interest                                                         2,000
                                                                                --------------------
Present value of net minimum lease payments                                               9,000
Less current portion                                                                      3,000
                                                                                ====================
                                                                                      $   6,000
                                                                                ====================

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


     8. Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

     Minimum rental commitments are offset by certain sublease  agreements which
earn sublease income of approximately $93,000 per annum through fiscal 2001.

     Total rental expense for operating leases was approximately  $1,376,000 and
$1,517,000,  for the fifty-two  weeks ended October 31, 1998 and the fifty-three
weeks  ended  November 1, 1997,  respectively.  Certain  leases  provide for the
payment of insurance, maintenance charges and taxes and contain renewal options.

     The Company is obligated  under annual or biannual  agreements with certain
of its  vendors  to  attain  certain  minimum  levels  of  inventory  purchases,
aggregating approximately $900,000 per year over the next two years.

     Contingencies

     The Company is the  subject of or a party to certain  legal  actions  which
arose in the normal course of business.  The outcome of these legal actions,  in
the  opinion of  management,  will not have a material  effect on the  Company's
financial position or operations.

Included  in prepaid and other  current  assets at October 31, 1998 is a $50,000
certificate of deposit which is held as collateral under an outstanding  $50,000
letter of credit.

     9. Other Information

     Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities


                                                               October 31,
                                                                  1998
                                                           --------------------
                                             

Payroll and payroll related items                                $192,825
Accrued professional fees                                         149,516
Customer layaways                                                 373,735
Accrued interest                                                   35,133
Sales taxes                                                        93,208
Other                                                              86,794
                                                           ====================
                                                                 $931,211
                                                           ====================


<PAGE>


     9. Other Information (continued)

     Other Long-Term Liabilities

                                                               October 31,
                                                                  1998
                                                           --------------------

Straight-line impact of lease escalations                        $183,922
Other                                                              15,000
                                                           ====================
                                                                 $198,922
                                                           ====================

     Note Receivable

     On October 31, 1998, the Company received a promissory note from a previous
member  of its  Underwriter,  in lieu of an  outstanding  trade  receivable  for
$73,321. Payments,  including interest at 9% per annum are due to the Company as
follows:  twelve  equal  payments of $940  commencing  October 31, 1998  through
October 31, 1999 and a balloon  payment of $68,430,  due October 31, 1999.  As a
result, the monthly amount due to the Company has been presented as a short-term
"note receivable" at October 31, 1998.

     Other

     Interest  expense  relating to the HAC  debtor-in-possession  financing was
approximately  $35,000 for the  fifty-three  weeks ended  November 1, 1997.  The
debtor-in-possession financing amounted to $2,822,000 at the Reorganization date
when such  financing was converted to 2,000,000  shares of the Company's  common
stock.  Interest  expense  relating to fiscal 1997 and paid to HAC during fiscal
1998 was approximately $66,000.

     Management  fees of $40,000  and $30,000  relating to a Company  affiliated
with the Company's  Chairman,  were  expensed for the fifty-two and  fifty-three
weeks ended October 31, 1998 and November 1, 1997,  respectively.  Approximately
$23,000 of management fees and other miscellaneous  amounts were payable to this
Company at October 31, 1998.



<PAGE>


     9. Other Information (continued)

     Beginning  April 1,  1998,  an annual  director's  fee of  $95,000  will be
payable  to the  Company's  Chairman  of the Board of  Directors.  The  Chairman
received $55,000 during fiscal 1998.

     10. Costs Associated With Lease Transaction

     On June 29, 1998, the Company entered into a lease assumption agreement for
approximately  5,000 square feet of retail space in lower  Manhattan,  purchased
existing leasehold  improvements for approximately  $125,000 and paid a security
deposit of  approximately  $15,000.  Such space was to be used to  relocate  the
Company's  existing  retail  store  within ABC Carpet and Home,  also located in
lower Manhattan, as the landlord was initially unwilling to extend the company's
existing lease agreement.

     In  September  1998,  the Company  entered  into an agreement to extend its
existing retail store lease located within ABC Carpet and Home. As a result, the
Company  entered  into a  lease  surrender  agreement  to  terminate  the  lease
assumption agreement for the replacement retail space with a realty company.

     In conjunction with the lease surrender agreement, the Company will receive
payments aggregating $125,000 in three installments as follows:  $50,000 payment
received in December,  1998; $40,000 payment due December 22, 1999 and a $35,000
payment due  December  22,  2000.  In  addition,  the  security  deposit will be
returned to the Company  prior to January 31,  1999.  The Company  recorded  the
present value  ($120,236) of such  payments and  classified  $50,000 in "prepaid
expenses and other current  assets" and $70,236 in "Other Assets" at October 31,
1998.  In the fourth  quarter of fiscal 1998,  the Company  recorded all related
lease  payments,  real estate  commissions,  legal fees and the  discount on the
present value of the lease surrender agreement payments, aggregating $113,782 to
"Costs Associated with Lease Transaction."



<PAGE>


     11. Retail Store Acquisition and Expansion

     On July 2, 1998, as a part of its expansion  plan, the Company entered into
a definitive  contract with Sound Mill, Inc. and its  subsidiary,  Loriel Custom
Audio Video  Corporation  (the "Sound Mill"), a retailer and custom installer of
specialty  high-end  audio/video  products for twenty-nine  years with one store
located in Mt.  Kisco,  in Northern  Westchester  County,  New York,  to acquire
certain  assets and business of the Sound Mill for a purchase  price of $200,000
(as adjusted) in cash.  The  acquisition  was  accounted for as a purchase.  The
purchase  price was allocated to the assets  acquired based upon the fair values
on the date of  acquisition  as  follows:  $50,000 for  leasehold  improvements,
equipment,  vehicles  and tools and  $150,000  for cost in excess of net  assets
acquired which is being amortized over a  twenty-five-year  period.  The Company
also  signed a ten-year  lease  with a  five-year  renewal  option for the 3,100
square foot retail store  operated by the Sound Mill.  This property is owned by
the former principals of the Sound Mill. The results of operations for the Sound
Mill was included in the Company's  operations  from the date of acquisition and
was not  considered  material  during  fiscal 1998 as the Company  renovated the
store for a November 1998 grand re-opening. Had the acquisition been made during
fiscal 1997,  unaudited pro forma sales, net loss and basic and diluted loss per
share would not have been considered  material for the  fifty-three  weeks ended
November 1, 1997.

     On August 11, 1998,  the Company  signed a ten-year  lease with a five-year
renewal  option for its new 4,600 square foot retail  showroom in Greenvale,  on
the north  shore of Long  Island,  New York.  This new  retail  store  opened in
November 1998 and was not included in the Company's results of operations during
fiscal 1998.

     12. Subsequent Event

     Bang & Olufsen  products have been sold by the Company since 1980,  and the
line represented  approximately  $1,176,000,  or 6.8% of the Company's net sales
for the fifty-two week period ended October 31, 1998. Bang & Olufsen has decided
that it will now focus on developing Bang & Olufsen  licensed  stores  ("Branded
Stores")  throughout the world.  Bang & Olufsen has,  accordingly,  canceled its
dealer  agreement  with the Company and all other  retailers  effective  May 31,
1999. After this date, Bang & Olufsen products will be available only in Branded
Stores.



<PAGE>


     12. Subsequent Event (continued)

     As a result, the Company received a commitment from Bang & Olufsen allowing
the Company to open Branded  Stores in Manhattan,  Long Island and  Connecticut.
Pursuant to this  commitment,  the Company must complete  construction  of these
locations at various dates through  November 1999. Bang & Olufsen has authorized
the Company to open up to five Branded Stores.

     On January 7, 1999, as part of its  expansion  plan in the New York region,
the Company signed a lease and a related Prime Site Marketing  Agreement to open
a new 1,500 square foot Bang & Olufsen  branded  store in Union Square area,  in
lower Manhattan.  The Company plans to open this new store prior to May 1, 1999,
which will be the  Company's  seventh,  and will be the third opened  within the
twelve months of its successful public offering completed in April 1998.



     MARTIN GOLDBAUM and SALLY GOLDBAUM, Landlords,

                                 Lease Agreement

                                    - with -

                        HARVEY ELECTRONICS, Inc., Tenant.

                              115 East Main Street
                           Mount Kisco, New York 10549

                                Table of Contents

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                                     <C>    

      Article                       Subject                                                             Page
        1.                          Definitions and Terms                                                 2
        2.                          Demising Clause                                                       5
        3.                          Term and Possession                                                   5
        4.                          Rent and Additional Rent                                              6
        5.                          Prepaid Rent                                                          9
        6.                          Permitted Uses and Prohibited
                                         Uses                                                             10
         7.                         Services Supplied by Lessor                                           12
        8.                          Subletting and Assignment                                             13
        9.                          Quiet Possession, Subordination
                                         and Attornment                                                   15
        10.                         Landlord's Reserved Rights                                            17
        11.                         Alterations and Improvements                                          18
        12.                         Repairs and Replacements                                              21
        13.                         Destruction or Damage                                                 22
        14.                         Eminent Domain                                                        24
        15.                         Holding Over                                                          26
        16.                         Surrender of Possession                                               26
        17.                         Default and Remedies                                                  28
        18.                         Insurance and Waiver of Claims                                        31
        19.                         Taxes on Lessee's Property and
                                         Lease Taxes                                                      34
        20.                         Estoppel Certificates                                                 35
        20(A).                      Renewal Rights
        21.                         Miscellaneous                                                         37
        22.                         Right of First Refusal                                                42
        23.                         Post-Closing Obligations Under
                                         Contract of Sale                                                 44
                                    Signature page                                                        45
                                    Acknowledgements                                                      46

</TABLE>


<PAGE>



                                    Article 1
                              Definitions and Terms

     As used in this  Lease,  the  following  terms  shall  have  the  following
meanings:

     1.1 Landlord or Lessor shall have the same  meaning,  and shall mean MARTIN
GOLDBAUM and SALLY GOLDBAUM, whose address is 49 The Terrace,  Katonah, New York
10538, and their successors and assigns.

     1.2 Tenant or Lessee  shall have the same  meaning,  and shall mean  HARVEY
ELECTRONICS,  Inc., a New York corporation having an office at 205 Chubb Avenue,
Lyndhurst, New Jersey 07071, and its permitted assigns.

     1.3 Date of this Lease shall mean August 1, 1998.

     1.4  Commencement  Date or  Commencement  of the Term  shall  have the same
meaning, and shall mean August 1, 1998.

     1.5 Expiration  Date or Expiration of the Term shall have the same meaning,
and shall mean July 31, 2003.

     1.6 Term or Term of this Lease shall have the same meaning,  and shall mean
a period of five (5) years,  beginning on the  Commencement  Date, and ending on
the Expiration Date, unless sooner terminated.

     1.7 Rent Start Date shall mean October 1, 1998.

     1.8  Building  shall  mean the land and  building  located at 115 East Main
Street, Mount Kisco, New York 10709.

     1.9  Permitted  Use  shall  mean the  operation  of a  retail  electronics,
accessories, audio equipment and video equipment sales, installation and service
business, and no other use whatsoever.

<PAGE>

     1.10.  Annual  Base  Rent  shall  mean  the sums set  forth  below  for the
respective  periods set forth below, as adjusted in accordance with the terms of
this Lease:


           Period                                           Annual Base Rent

       10/1/98-7/31/99                                          $ 66,666.67
        8/1/99-7/31/00                                            82,800.00
        8/1/00-7/31/01                                            85,700.00
        8/1/01-7/31/02                                            88,700.00
        8/1/02-7/31/03                                            91,800.00
        8/1/03-7/31/04                                            95,000.00
        8/1/04-7131/05                                            98,300.00
        8/1/05-7/31/06                                           101,700.00
        8/1/06-7/31/07                                           105,300.00
        8/1/07-7/31/08                                           109,000.00

     1.11  Monthly  Base Rent shall mean the Annual  Base Rent  divided by "12";
except that for the period  10/1/98-7/31/99,  the  Monthly  Base Rent shall be $
6,666.67.

     1.12 Rent  shall mean the Annual  Base Rent,  plus all items of  Additional
Rent required to be paid under this Lease.

     1.13 Security Deposit shall be the sum of $ 6,666.67;  and any additions to
such amount made during the Term.

     1.14 Premises or Leased  Premises  shall have the same  meaning,  and shall
mean the premises described on Schedule "A".

     1.15 Lessee's Proportionate Share shall mean 68.80%.

     1.16  Real  Estate  Taxes  shall  mean  ad  valorem  taxes  imposed  by any
municipality,  government or bureau)  department or division of any  government,
and payable by Lessor,  upon the land and  improvements  comprising the land and
Building,  including assessments for public betterments,  and sewer rents, water
frontage  charges,  vault taxes, and other similar  impositions and assessments;
and any taxes  imposed as a substitute,  replacement  or supplement to presently
imposed  Real Estate  Taxes.  Real Estate  Taxes shall not include  income taxes
payable by Lessor.

<PAGE>

     1.17 Increased  Real Estate Taxes shall mean the increase,  if any, in Real
Estate Taxes over Real Estate Taxes in effect as of May 15, 1998.

     1.18 Public  Liability  Insurance  Limits shall mean  $2,000,000.  Combined
Single Limit.

     1.19 Lease shall mean this Lease;  the rights and obligations of the Lessor
and of the Lessee  under this Lease,  and of their  respective  successors;  all
riders and amendments to this Lease; and all permitted modifications, extensions
and alterations to this Lease.

     1.20 Lease Year shall mean a successive  period of twelve calendar  months,
commencing on the  Commencement  Date, or on the anniversary of the Commencement
Date.


                                    Article 2
                                 Demising Clause

     2.1 Lessor,  for and in  consideration of the Lessee's payment of Rent, and
performance  of the other  terms  and  conditions  of this  Lease on the part of
Lessee to be  performed,  does hereby lease the  Premises to Lessee;  and Lessee
does hereby lease the Premises from Lessor,  upon the terms and  conditions  set
forth in this Lease.


                                    Article 3
                               Term and Possession

     3.1 Term: The Term of this Lease shall begin on the Commencement  Date, and
shall end on the  Expiration  Date,  unless sooner  terminated.  Lessee shall be
entitled to possession of the Premises on the Commencement  Date, subject to the
provisions  of this Lease,  and shall  surrender  possession  of the Premises to
Lessor as of the close of business on the Expiration Date.

     3.2 Occupancy  Prior to  Commencement  Date:  If Lessee,  with the Lessor's
prior written consent, occupies the Premises, or any part of the Premises, prior
to the  Commencement  Date, then the Term shall also include the period from the
date of occupancy to the Commencement  Date. In no event shall Lessee occupy the
Premises  prior to the  Commencement  Date without the prior written  consent of
Lessor.

<PAGE>

     3.3. Delays in Delivery of Possession: Lessor represents to the Lessee that
as of the  Commencement  Date, the prior tenant and occupant of the premises has
surrendered possession of the Premises,  and its lease has been terminated;  and
that the prior  tenant and occupant has waived all of its rights of occupancy of
the Premises.

     3.4 Acceptance of Occupancy:  The Lessee accepts  occupancy of the Premises
"as is", without any representation or warranty by the Lessor as to the physical
condition of the Premises.  The Lessor represents that the Premises may lawfully
be used  for a retail  sales  and  service  business,  and  that the  applicable
Certificate of Occupancy for the Premises  permits such use, and that no further
or amended  Certificate  of  Occupancy  is  required  in order for the Lessee to
conduct its business for the Permitted Use at the Premises.  However, the Lessor
makes no further  representations or warranties regarding the Premises;  and the
Lessee accepts the Premises 13as is" and without  representations  or warranties
as to the condition thereof.

                                    Article 4
                                      Rent

     4.1 Annual Base Rent:  Lessee shall pay the Annual Base Rent to Lessor,  at
such place or address as Lessor may from time to time  designate  by Notice,  in
monthly  installments,  in  advance,  on or before the tenth  (10th) day of each
month  during  the Term.  Until  further  Notice,  Lessee  shall pay Rent at the
address set forth in  Paragraph  1.1 of this Lease.  Rent shall be paid  without
demand, and without set-off or deduction  whatsoever.  Lessee shall pay Rent for
the first month of the Term on the Rent Start Date.  Rent for any partial  month
shall be prorated on the basis of thirty days to the month; and shall be paid on
the first day of any such partial period.

     4.2 Adjustment to Annual Base Rent: [Intentionally deleted.]

     4.3  Electricity:  The  Premises  shall be  separately  metered  for water,
electrical usage and gas (pursuant to the Workletter annexed to this Lease), and
Lessee shall pay for Lessee's  electric,  water and gas consumption  directly to
the supplier of such utilities, and not to Lessor.

     4.4 Real Estate Taxes: In addition to Annual Base Rent, Lessee shall pay to
Lessor,  as Additional  Rent,  Lessee's  Proportionate  Share of Increased  Real
Estate Taxes, prorated as may be appropriate for any partial fiscal tax year.

<PAGE>

     a) Real Estate Taxes shall include the amounts,  if any, incurred by Lessor
as and for  reasonable  and necessary  legal fees and other costs to contest the
amount  of, or  validity  of,  any Real  Estate  Taxes,  in any  calendar  year;
inclusive of annual or other  periodic  payments to legal  counsel to compensate
such legal counsel for counsel's  efforts in maintaining or lowering Real Estate
Taxes,  provided  the fee for  such  legal  services  is  contingent  upon a tax
reduction, and/or such fee is payable out of tax savings.

     b) Real Estate Taxes attributable to any calendar year shall be Real Estate
Taxes payable during such calendar year,  notwithstanding that Real Estate Taxes
may have been assessed for a year other than the calendar year in which they are
payable.

     c) As soon as  reasonably  feasible  after  Real  Estate  Taxes  have  been
determined,  Lessor  will  furnish  Lessee  with a  statement  showing  the then
currently applicable Real Estate Taxes, and Lessee's Proportionate Share of Real
Estate Taxes.  Within thirty days after  delivery of such  statement,  but in no
event prior to the due date for such tax,  Lessee shall pay to Lessor the amount
so billed on such statement, as Additional Rent.

     d) Lessor  represents  and  warrants to Lessee that as of the  Commencement
Date, there are no special  assessments levied against the Building;  and to the
knowledge, information and belief of Lessor, none are pending or threatened.

     4.5 Administrative  Charges,  Late Fees,  Attorneys' Fees:  Installments of
Rent are due  promptly,  without  demand,  in  advance  on the first day of each
calendar  month during the Term; or, if due within a period stated in this Lease
after the furnishing of a statement or Notice by Lessor, then within such period
of time. A per diem  administrative  charge of $25.00 shall be charged to Lessee
if Rent or Additional Rent is not received by Lessor,  in full, on or before the
fifteenth  (15th) day after the due date for such payment,  but not in excess of
$275.00 in any calendar  month. If Lessor is required to retain legal counsel to
enforce  any of the rights and  remedies  granted  to Lessor  under this  Lease,
Lessee shall reimburse Lessor, upon request,  the reasonable and necessary fees,
costs and expenses of legal  counsel so incurred by Lessor.  The  Administrative
Fee, Late Charge and obligation to reimburse legal fees, all as provided in this
Paragraph  4.6, shall survive the  termination  of this Lease,  and shall all be
collectible by Lessor as Additional Rent.

<PAGE>

     4.6 Independent Covenants:  Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this
lease,  the  Lessee's  obligations  under this Lease to pay Rent and  Additional
Rent,  and to  perform  the  other  obligations  on the  part  of  Lessee  to be
performed,  are independent and severable  covenants from any obligations of the
Lessor under this Lease;  and (except as otherwise  expressly  set forth in this
Lease) the Lessee  shall not assert in any action or  proceeding  instituted  by
Lessor against Lessee a counterclaim or claim for offset based upon the Lessor's
failure to perform any of the Lessor's obligations under this Lease.


                                    Article 5
                                  Prepaid Rent

     5.1  Concurrently  with the  execution of this Lease by Lessee,  Lessee has
deposited with Lessor the Security Deposit as Prepaid Rent, to be held by Lessor
to guarantee the full and timely  performance by Lessee of its obligations under
this  Lease,  including  (without  limitation)  the  obligation  to pay Rent and
Additional  Rent.  Lessor is not  required  to maintain  the  Prepaid  Rent in a
segregated  account,  and may  commingle  the Prepaid  Rent  Deposit  with other
receipts of Rent from the  Building.  The Prepaid  Rent shall not bear or accrue
interest.  If Lessee  fails to  perform  any of the  obligations  on the part of
Lessee to be performed  under this Lease,  including  (without  limitation)  the
obligation to pay each  installment  of Rent and  Additional  Rent when due, the
Lessor  may,  but shall not be required  to,  apply the whole or any part of the
Prepaid Rent to cure such default.  If any portion,  or all, of the Prepaid Rent
is so applied,  Lessee shall, within five days after receipt of Notice itemizing
the amount and purpose(s) of such application, and demand therefor, deposit with
Lessor an amount  sufficient to restore the Prepaid Rent to its original amount.
Failure  to do so by  Lessee  shall  be  deemed  a  breach  of this  Lease.  The
obligation  of  Lessee to do so shall be  deemed  an  obligation  on the part of
Lessee to pay Additional  Rent, and may be so enforced by Lessor.  If Lessee has
complied  with all of the  Lessee's  obligations  under  this  Lease,  including
(without  limitation)  Lessee's  obligations  to  pay  all  items  of  Rent  and
Additional Rent, then the amount of the Prepaid Rent may be applied to the final
installments  of Monthly  Rent at the end of the Term of this Lease.  Lessor may
decline to apply any portion, or all, of the Prepaid Rent until such time as all
amounts  due from  Lessee  under this  Lease  have been paid in full,  including
amounts which may become due by reason of lagging computations of Lessee's Share
of  Operating  Expenses  and Real  Estate  Taxes.  In the event of  transfer  of
ownership of the Building,  Lessor may assign to or credit the new owner(s) with
the amount of the Prepaid  Rent.  Upon Notice from the new owner(s) to Lessee of
such  assignment,  transfer  or  credit,  Lessee  shall  look  solely to the new
owner(s) for  application  of of the Prepaid Rent;  and the Lessor named in this
Lease shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the Prepaid Rent.

<PAGE>

                                    Article 6
              Permitted Use, Compliance with Laws, Restricted Uses

     6.1 Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises  only for the  Permitted  Use,
and for no other use.  Lessee and all persons  permitted  by Lessee to come upon
the Premises shall comply with all laws,  ordinances,  regulations  and with any
rules and  regulations  promulgated by Lessor  regarding the use of the Building
and of the Premises,  including all laws, ordinances and regulations relating to
the  installation  or  display  of signs  on the  Building  or in or  about  the
Premises.  Any such rules and  regulations  shall apply to all  occupants of the
Building on a non-discriminatory basis. Lessor shall have no liability to Lessee
for  non-observance  of any such rules and  regulations  by any other  tenant or
occupant of the  Building;  nor for a breach by any other  tenant or occupant of
the Building of any of the terms of such  tenant's or occupant's  lease.  Lessee
shall not make or permit to be made any use of the  Premises  which is forbidden
by any applicable law, ordinance, statute or governmental regulation; nor use or
permit  the use of any  portion  of the  Premises  for any  activity  which will
increase the existing rate of casualty and liability  insurance on the Building,
~r on any part of the  Building;  nor shall Lessee sell,  nor permit to be sold,
kept or used in or about the  Premises,  any  substance or article  which may be
prohibited or restricted under standard fire insurance policies.  Lessee, at its
own expense,  shall comply with all requirements  pertaining to the operation of
its  business  on  the  premises,   including   requirements  of  any  insurance
organization or company  necessary for the maintenance of casualty and liability
insurance covering the Building and the Premises at standard premiums.

     6.2.  Certificate  of Occupancy:  As of the  Commencement  Date, the Lessor
represents  and warrants to the Lessee that a valid,  permanent  Certificate  of
Occupancy  is in  effect  covering  the  Premises)  authorizing  the  use of the
Premises for the Permitted  Use; and that such  Certificate of Occupancy has not
been revoked.  As of the Commencement  Date, the Lessor  represents and warrants
that there are no building  violations of record in the  Department of Buildings
of the  municipality  in which the Premises  are located.  Except for work to be
done in and about the Premises by the Lessee (for which  building  permits and a
sign permit may be required  prior to the  commencement  of any such work or the
installation  of any signs),  Lessor  represents and warrants that no additional
permits or  approvals by any  municipal  authority is required for the Lessee to
commence  doing  business  in the  Premises  in  accordance  with the  terms and
conditions of this Lease.

<PAGE>


                                    Article 7
                                    Services

     7.1 This Lease is a "net"  Lease,  and the  Lessor  shall not  provide  any
Services to the Lessee at the Premises  except for those  expressly set forth in
this  Lease.  The Lessee  shall  provide,  at  Lessee's  sole cost and  expense,
interior  repairs,  maintenance and cleaning of the Premises  (including  window
washing),  as  required.  The Lessor  will  provide,  at the  Lessor's  cost and
expense,  maintenance,  repair and  replacement,  as  required,  to the exterior
portions and structural  elements of the Building  (including roof, driveway and
rear  parking  area),  and to the  heating,  air  conditioning,  electrical  and
plumbing  systems  servicing the Premises,  both within and outside the interior
demising  walls of the  Premises.  As of the  Commencement  Date,  the plumbing,
heating, electrical and cooling systems in the Building and in the Premises will
be in working order.


                                    Article 8
                            Subletting and Assignment

     8.1  Subletting  and  Assignment  Prohibited:   Lessee  shall  not  assign,
mortgage,  pledge or otherwise transfer (whether  voluntarily,  involuntarily by
operation of law, or otherwise) this Lease;  nor shall Lessee sublet any portion
of the Premises;  without the prior written  consent of Lessor in each instance,
which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any such assignment, mortgage,
pledge,  encumbrance  or other  transfer,  or any such  subletting,  without the
written consent of Lessor shall be absolutely void and of no effect  whatsoever,
and shall constitute a breach of this Lease.

     a) If Lessee desires to assign this Lease,  or to sublet any portion of the
Premises, Lessee shall furnish Lessor with a Notice specifying:

     i) The name and address of the  proposed  assignee or  subtenant;  and such
other  information  as Lessor may  reasonably  request  regarding  the  proposed
assignee's or subtenant's financial responsibility and standing; and

     ii) the terms and conditions of the proposed assignment or subletting.

<PAGE>

     b) Lessor  shall  not in any  event be  obligated  to  consent  to any such
proposed assignment or subletting unless:

     i) the proposed assignee or subtenant is of a financial standing reasonably
satisfactory to Lessor;

     ii) the proposed assignee or subtenant, or the proposed use of the premises
by the  proposed  assignee or  subtenant,  is not in  conflict  with or does not
violate the  applicable  building and zoning codes,  and is consistent  with the
permitted  uses  under the  Certificate  of  Occupancy  then in  effect  for the
Building;

     iii) any  obligation  of the  proposed  subtenant or assignee to pay to the
Lessee any consideration for the purchase of the Lessee's  business,  or for the
purchase of the leasehold,  or to otherwise make periodic installments to or for
the benefit of the Lessee,  shall be subordinated to the proposed subtenant's or
assignee's obligation to pay Rent under this Lease;

     iv)  Lessee  shall  have  then  fully  complied  with all of the  terms and
conditions of this Lease on the part of Lessee to be  performed;  and shall have
been in full  compliance with such terms and conditions as of the effective date
of the proposed assignment or sublease;

     v) Lessee shall reimburse Lessor for all reasonable costs and expenses that
may be  incurred  by  Lessor  in  connection  with the  proposed  assignment  or
subletting,  including  (without  limitation)  the  reasonable  costs of  making
investigations as to the acceptability of a proposed assignee or subtenant,  and
the reasonable  legal expenses  incurred in connection  with the granting of any
requested consent to the assignment or sublease;

     c) Any  subletting  pursuant  to this Lease  shall be subject to all of the
terms and  conditions  of this Lease.  Notwithstanding  any such  assignment  or
subletting,  and the acceptance of Rent and  Additional  Rent by the Lessor from
any such assignee or sublessee, Lessee shall remain fully liable for the payment
of all Rent and Additional Rent provided in this Lease,  and for the performance
of all of the obligations of the Lessee contained in this Lease.

<PAGE>

     d) Lessor shall be furnished with a duplicate  original  counterpart of any
instrument  of  assignment  or  sublease  made by  Lessee  with  respect  to the
Premises, bearing the original signatures of the parties to be bound thereunder.


                                    Article 9
                   Quiet Possession, Subordination, Attornment

     9.1 Provided  Lessee has fully performed all of the terms and conditions of
this Lease on the part of Lessee to be  performed,  Lessee shall  peaceably  and
quietly  enjoy  the use and  occupation  of the  Premises  throughout  the Term,
without  hindrance or  molestation by anyone  claiming  through or under Lessor;
subject, however, to the terms and conditions of this Lease.

     9.2 This Lease,  and the rights of Lessee under this Lease,  is subject and
subordinate:

     a) to all present and future financial  encumbrances on the Building, or on
any portion of the Building, including (without limitation) all mortgages, deeds
of  trust,  or  trust  deeds in the  nature  of  mortgages,  and  other  similar
encumbrances;

     b) to all  present  or  future  ground  leases of the land  underlying  the
Building;

     c) to all modifications, extensions and replacements thereof;

     d) to all such  instruments  which may affect  the  Building  and  adjacent
property;

     e) to any spreaders or consolidations of any such financial instruments.

     9.3 In  confirmation  of such  subordination,  Lessee shall  promptly  upon
request  execute and deliver to Lessor any instrument  which the Lessor,  or the
holder of any such financial  encumbrance,  or the lessor of any ground lease to
which  this Lease is  subordinate,  may  reasonably  request  to  evidence  such
subordination.  If Lessee shall fail to so execute and deliver such  instrument,
Lessor  is  hereby  irrevocably  authorized  to  execute  and  to  deliver  such
instrument in the name of Lessee as Lessee's agent for such limited purpose.

     9.3.1 Disturbance Agreement. The Lessor shall use the Lessor's best efforts
to obtain from the holder of any mortgage  placed as a lien upon the Building an
agreement  providing,  in effect, that such holder will recognize this Lease and
Lessee's rights under this Lease,  and will not disturb  Lessee's  tenancy under
this Lease for so long as Lessee complies with all of the obligations under this
Lease on the part of Lessee to be  performed,  notwithstanding  any breach under
the terms of such  mortgage,  or in the event of a foreclosure of such mortgage.
This Lease,  and Lessee's rights and  obligations  under this Lease shall remain
unaffected if, after using the Lessor's best efforts to obtain such an agreement
from such  mortgage  holder,  such an agreement  can not ~e obtained (or if such
mortgage holder refuses to consent to any such agreement)

<PAGE>

     9.4 If the holder of any financial  encumbrance or the lessor of any ground
lease  affecting  the Building  shall succeed to the rights of Lessor under this
Lease,  whether through  possession or foreclosure  action, or delivery of a new
lease or deed,  then at the  request of such  party so  succeeding  to  Lessor's
rights (referred to as "Successor  Landlord") and upon such Successor Landlord's
written  agreement  to accept  Lessee's  attornment,  Lessee shall attorn to and
recognize such  Successor  Landlord as Lessee's  landlord under this Lease,  and
shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument which such Successor  Landlord
may  reasonably  request to evidence such  attornment,  provided such  Successor
Landlord shall  consent,  as a condition of such  attornment,  that the Lessee's
rights  under  this  Lease  shall not be  disturbed,  terminated  nor  otherwise
adversely affected as a result of such attornment for so long as Lessee performs
all of the  terms,  covenants  and  conditions  of this Lease on the part of the
Lessee to be performed. Upon such attornment,  this Lease shall continue in full
force and effect as, or as if it were,  a direct  lease  between  the  Successor
Landlord  and  Lessee  upon all of the  terms and  conditions  set forth in this
Lease; except that the Successor Landlord shall not:

     a) be liable for any previous act or omission of Lessor under this Lease;

     b) be subject to any  offset,  not  expressly  provided  for in this Lease,
which shall have theretofore accrued to Lessee against Lessor;

     c) be bound by any  previous  modification  of this  Lease,  not  expressly
provided for in this Lease or otherwise  reduced to a written  instrument signed
by the parties;  nor by any previous  prepayment  of more than one month's Rent,
unless such  modification  or prepayment  shall have been expressly  approved in
writing by the Successor Landlord.

<PAGE>

                                   Article 10
                            Lessor's Reserved Rights

     10.1 Lessor reserves the following rights:

     a) to display  "for rent" signs in and about the  Premises  during the last
four months of the Term;

     b) during  the last  twelve  months of the Term,  to show the  Premises  to
prospective tenants;

     c) to inspect the  Premises,  upon  reasonable  prior  notice to Lessee and
(except for emergencies) at reasonable times; and to enter the Premises, without
prior notice, in the event of an emergency;


                                   Article 11
                          Alterations and Improvements

     11.1  Condition of Premises:  Other than as provided in this Lease,  Lessor
has not made any  representations  as to the condition of the Premises or of the
Building.

     11.2 Delays in Completion of Alterations: [Intentionally deleted.]

     11.3 Changes After  Commencement  Date: Lessee shall not, without the prior
written consent of Lessor in each instance (which consent shall not unreasonably
be  withheld),  make any material or  structural  alterations,  improvements  or
additions to the Premises  (referred to as a "Change").  If Lessor consents to a
Change,  Lessor may impose such conditions with respect to such consent that are
reasonably  necessary  or  appropriate  with  respect  to such  proposed  Change
(including,  without  limitation,  the condition  that  additional  insurance be
obtained by Lessee) as Lessor deems appropriate.

     a) The work  necessary  to make the Change  shall be done at Lessee's  sole
cost and expense by employees or  contractors  approved by Lessor.  Lessee shall
pay  promptly,  when due,  the cost of all such work,  which  shall be done in a
workmanlike manner, and consistent with Building standards.

<PAGE>

     b) Upon completion of such work,  Lessee shall deliver to Lessor waivers of
all liens for  labor,  services  and  materials  relating  to the work in a form
satisfactory  to Lessor.  If the  performance of such work gives rise to a lien,
then Lessor may (but shall not be required  to) pay and satisfy  such lien;  and
the  amount  so  expended  by  Lessor  shall be  reimbursed  by Lessee to Lessor
promptly, upon request, as Additional Rent.

     c) Lessee shall defend and hold Lessor and the Building  harmless  from all
costs,  damages,  liens and  expenses  related to the work.  Lessee shall not be
deemed to be the agent of Lessor in connection  with the work, nor in connection
with any other matter arising out of this Lease.

     d)  In  the  performance  of  the  work,   Lessee  shall  ensure  that  all
requirements of insurance carriers are complied with.

     e) Upon the expiration of the Term, any Change shall become the property ~f
the Lessor; and, unless Lessor requests otherwise,  shall be relinquished to the
Lessor in good  condition,  ordinary wear and tear from normal use excepted.  At
the  election of the Lessee,  the Lessee at its sole cost and expense may remove
its personal  property  and trade  fixtures  which  constitute  the Change,  and
restore  the area from which such  property  has been  removed to the  condition
which  existed  immediately  prior to the  Change,  ordinary  wear and tear from
normal use  excepted.  As a  condition  to the  Lessor's  consent to any Change,
Lessor may require  that the  Premises be restored  upon the  expiration  of the
Term, at the expense of Lessee, to the condition which existed immediately prior
to the Change.


                                   Article 12
                            Repairs and Replacements

     12.1  Lessee's  Obligation  to Repair;  Lessee's  Obligation  to  Maintain:
Subject to the rights and  obligations  set forth in Article 7 of this Lease, at
its expense,  Lessor will maintain and keep the exterior and structural portions
of the Building,  all utility  service lines,  pipes and plumbing  servicing the
Premises,  and all public areas of the Building,  in good condition.  Lessee, at
its expense, shall keep the Premises in a safe and tenantable condition,  and in
good order,  repair and  appearance.  If Lessee fails to do so,  Lessor may (but
shall  not be  required  to)  restore  the  Premises  to a safe  and  tenantable
condition;  and Lessee shall pay the cost thereof,  upon request,  as Additional
Rent.

<PAGE>


                                   Article 13
                              Destruction or Damage

     13.1  Destruction or Damage:  Restoration:  If the Building or the Premises
are partially or totally damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, whether
or not the damage or  destruction  shall have resulted from the fault or neglect
of Lessee or its employees,  agents, visitors or guests, and if this Lease shall
not have been terminated as provided in this Article 13, Lessor shall repair the
damage and restore and rebuild the Building  and/or the Premises,  out of and to
the  extent of the  proceeds  of any  policy of  casualty  insurance  payable to
Lessor,  with reasonable  dispatch after receipt of such proceeds.  In no event,
however,  shall  Lessor be  required  to repair or to  replace  any of  Lessee's
property; nor shall Lessee be relieved of liability or responsibility for damage
or  destruction  resulting  from  the  fault or  neglect  of  Lessee  (or of its
employees,  agents,  visitors or guests) if the  insurance  policies  carried by
Lessee under this Lease do not contain a waiver of the right of subrogation.

     13.2 Partial Damage: Abatement of Rent: If the Building or the Premises are
partially damaged or partially  destroyed by fire or other casualty,  Rent shall
be abated to the extent that:

     a) the Premises shall have been rendered  untenantable,  and for the period
from the date of such  damage  or  destruction  to the date  that the  damage or
destruction shall have been substantially repaired or restored; and

     b) the Lessor shall have received  compensation,  in lieu of Rent, from any
rent interruption or business interruption insurance carrier.

     13.3 Total Damage or Destruction,  Termination of Lease: If the Building or
the Premises shall be totally damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty, or
if the Building shall be so damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty as to
require  a  reasonably  estimated  expenditure  of  more  than  50% of the  full
insurable  value of the Building  immediately  prior to the casualty in order to
restore the same,  then in either such case,  Lessor may terminate this Lease by
giving  Lessee  Notice  to such  effect  within  30 days  after  the date of the
casualty. In case of any damage or destruction mentioned in this Paragraph.

     13.3 Lessee may terminate  this Lease upon Notice to Lessor,  if Lessor has
not   substantially   completed  the  making  of  the  required   repairs,   and
substantially  restored and rebuilt the Building and the Premises  within ninety
(90) days from the date of the  casualty,  or within such period after such date
(not  exceeding  an  additional  thirty (30) days) as shall equal the  aggregate
period  Lessor may have been  delayed in doing so by  adjustment  of  insurance,
labor troubles,  governmental  controls,  or other causes  reasonably beyond the
control of Lessor;  and such termination  shall be effective upon the expiration
of thirty days after the date of such Notice.

<PAGE>

     13.4 No Claim for Consequential Damages: No damages,  compensation or claim
shall be payable by Lessor for  inconvenience,  loss of  business  or  annoyance
arising from any repair or  restoration of any portion of the Premises or of the
Building,  unless  such  claims are  covered  by  Lesssor's  casualty  insurance
coverage.


                                   Article 14
                                 Eminent Domain

     14.1  Whole  or  Partial  Taking:  If the  whole of the  Premises  shall be
lawfully  condemned or taken in any manner for any public or  quasi-public  use,
this Lease and the term and estate  hereby  granted  shall  forthwith  cease and
terminate  as of the date of  vesting of title.  If only a part of the  Premises
shall be so  condemned  or taken,  then,  effective as of the date of vesting of
title,  the Rent shall abate in  proportion  to the area so taken,  and Lessee's
Proportionate Share shall be similarly proportionately reduced. However, if such
partial  taking shall  materially  and adversely  affect the conduct of Lessee's
business at the  Premises,  then the Lessee may,  upon not less than thirty (30)
days' Notice, terminate this Lease.

     14.2 Partial Taking,  Election to Terminate: If only a part of the Building
shall be so  condemned  or taken,  then Lessor  (whether or not the  Premises be
affected) may, at Lessor's  option,  if a material portion of the Building is so
taken  (such  option to be  elected,  if at all,  in a  commercially  reasonable
manner):

     a) terminate this Lease, and the term and estate hereby granted shall cease
and  terminate  as of the date of such  vesting of title,  upon Notice to Lessee
given within sixty days following the date upon which Lessor shall have received
notice of vesting of title; or

<PAGE>

     b) if such  condemnation  or taking shall be of a  substantial  part of the
Premises, or of a substantial part of the means of access thereto, so that, as a
result of such taking,  reasonable access to the Building is no longer available
Lessee may, at Lessee's  election,  by Notice to Lessor  delivered within thirty
days following the date on which Lessee shall have received notice of vesting of
title,  terminate this Lease, and the term and estate hereby granted shall cease
and terminate as of the date of such vesting of title; or

     c) if neither  Lessor nor Lessee shall elect to terminate this Lease in the
manner  set  forth in this  Paragraph  14.2,  this  Lease  shall  be and  remain
unaffected by such condemnation or taking,  except that the rent shall be abated
to the extent provided in this Article 14.

     d) If only a part of the Premises shall be so condemned or taken,  and this
Lease with respect to the part not taken is not  terminated  as provided in this
Article 14, Lessor shall, with reasonable dispatch,  and out of the condemnation
award, restore the remaining portion of the Premises as nearly as practicable to
the same condition as existed prior to the condemnation or taking.

     e) The entire  condemnation  award  derived from any such  condemnation  or
taking shall belong to the Lessor,  and no portion of such award shall belong to
Lessee, regardless of the manner in which such award shall have been computed or
allocated;  unless the  condemning  authority  shall have made an award separate
from the  Lessor's  award,  and  payable t6 the Lessee in  compensation  for the
taking of Lessee's interest in the leasehold.


                                   Article 15
                                  Holding Over

     15.1 Effect of Holding Over After  Expiration  of Term:  If Lessee  retains
possession of the Premises, or any part of the Premises, after the expiration of
the Term,  or after any  extension  of the  Term,  whether  the Term ends on the
Expiration Date or at any other time, Lessee shall pay to Lessor for the use and
occupation  of the  Premises (or of the part of the Premises so occupied) at the
rate of 200% of the rate payable for the month  immediately prior to the holding
over,  computed on a per month basis, for each month or part of a month (without
reduction for partial  month) that Lessee  remains in  possession.  Such payment
shall not be construed as the creation of a new lease between Lessor and Lessee,
nor as a renewal or  extension  of this  Lease;  but shall be deemed  liquidated
damages to Lessor for Lessee's  holding over after the  expiration  of the term;
and shall in no way impair the Lessor's right to seek possession of the Premises
by legal proceedings.

<PAGE>


                                   Article 16
                             Surrender of Possession

     16.1 At the Expiration Date or other  termination of the Term, Lessee shall
immediately  surrender  the  Premises  to Lessor in good  repair and  condition,
ordinary wear and tear from normal use excepted;  and further  excepting  damage
from fire or other casualty for which Lessee is not liable.  Lessee shall at its
expense remove its furniture and equipment  from the Premises,  and shall repair
all damage to the Premises or to the Building occasioned by such removal; or pay
to Lessor the cost of such repair if Lessee fails to make such repairs  promptly
upon removal.  Lessee shall leave the Premises in "broom clean"  condition.  Any
personal property which Lessee does not remove from the Premises shall be deemed
abandoned  by Lessee;  and Lessee  shall be deemed to have  conveyed the same to
Lessor.  Lessor may dispose of the same without  incurring any obligation to the
Lessee to account for such property; and Lessee hereby waives any and all claims
against  Lessor  for  damages  or for other  compensation  with  respect to such
property.  If Lessor incurs any expense to dispose of such  abandoned  property,
Lessee shall  reimburse  Lessor for the expenses so incurred,  upon request,  as
Additional Rent.


                                   Article 17
                              Default and Remedies

     17.1 Acts of Default:  The following shall be deemed a default by Lessee of
its obligations under this Lease:

     a) failure to pay any installment of Rent or Additional Rent within fifteen
(15) days of the due date for each installment of Rent;

     b) failure to observe or to perform any obligation on the part of Lessee to
be  performed  under this Lease,  other than the  payment of Rent or  Additional
Rent,  and such failure shall persist for fifteen days after  delivery of Notice
to cure;

<PAGE>

     c)  failure to remove or to cure a  hazardous  condition  immediately  upon
Notice to cure or to remove the same;

     d) the levy or execution upon the interest of Lessee under this Lease or in
the Premises;

     e) abandonment of the Premises;

     f) the filing by or against  Lessee of a petition in  bankruptcy;  and such
petition not having been dismissed within thirty days of its filing;
      
     g) the  institution  of any proceeding by or against the Lessee whereby the
Lessee seeks relief from  creditors;  or in which Lessee seeks to make a general
assignment  for the  benefit  of  creditors;  or  seeks a  composition  with its
creditors;  or in the event of an appointment of a receiver of Lessee;  and such
proceeding or appointment shall not have been vacated or dismissed within thirty
days of the date of  filing  or  appointment;  or then,  in any one or more such
events,  Lessor may treat the  occurrence  as a breach of this  Lease,  provided
that:

     x) if such default is a monetary default,  then Lessee shall upon five days
Notice to cure, fully cure the same; and

     y) if such default is other than a monetary default, then Lessee shall upon
ten days Notice to cure, fully cure the same, or within such period of time take
all reasonable a necessary steps to cure the same and diligently pursue the cure
of such default as expeditiously as reasonably possible; and

     z) in either event,  if Lessee shall have  complied with the  provisions of
"x" or "y"  (whichever is applicable) , Lessee shall not be deemed in default of
its  obligations  under this Lease;  otherwise,  Lessee shall be deemed to be in
default of its obligations under this Lease, and the Lessor may, without further
notice or demand of any kind to Lessee, or to any other person, exercise any one
or more of the  following  remedies in the manner  provided by law. In no event,
however,  shall  Lessor be required to furnish  Lessee with Notice of a monetary
default more than two times in any calendar year.

<PAGE>

     i) Lessor may (after  the  expiration  of any  applicable  grace  period or
period to cure) terminate this Lease, in which event Lessor may immediately take
possession of the Premises and prepare the same for reletting,  and to relet the
same, in a commercially  reasonable manner and on commercially reasonable terms,
to any other lessee of Lessor's  choosing.  Lessor shall use its best efforts to
re-let the Premises in a commercially  reasonable manner. The costs and expenses
of  preparing  the  Premises  for  reletting  (including,   without  limitation,
reasonable brokers' commissions, advertising expenses and fix-up expenses) shall
remain the  liability  of the  Lessee.  In the event the  Premises  are relet to
another  Lessee  at a rent  less than the  amount  of Rent and  Additional  Rent
reserved in this Lease,  then the Lessee shall  remain  liable to the Lessor for
the  difference  between  the Rent and  Additional  Rent the  Lessor  would have
received,  had the Lessee complied with its obligations to the Lessor under this
Lease,  and the rent  (inclusive  of any  "additional  rent")  which the  Lessor
actually receives from such other lessee.

     ii) Lessor may terminate  Lessee 5 right to  possession,  and may repossess
the  Premises by forceable  entry,  summary  proceeding,  or by any other lawful
process,  by taking peaceful  possession or otherwise  without  terminating this
Lease, in which event Lessor may, but shall be under no obligation to, relet the
Premises for the account of Lessee,  for such rent and upon such terms as may be
commercially reasonable. For the purpose of such reletting, Lessor is authorized
to  decorate,  repair,  remodel or alter the  Premises.  If Lessor shall fail to
relet the  Premises,  Lessee  shall pay to Lessor the Rent and  Additional  Rent
reserved in this Lease for the balance of the Term.  If the  Premises are relet,
and a sufficient sum shall not be realized from such reletting  after payment of
the costs and  expenses of all  decoration,  repairs,  remodeling,  alterations,
brokers, and legal counsel thereby incurred,  to satisfy the Rent and Additional
Rent provided in this Lease,  Lessee shall pay the same upon request. No suit or
recovery of any portion due Lessor shall be any defense to any subsequent  suit,
action or  proceeding  brought for any other  amount not  previously  reduced to
judgment in favor of Lessor.

     l7.1.1 Waiver of  Landlord's  Lien.  Notwithstanding  any provision of this
Lease to the  contrary,  the Lessor does  hereby  waive any claim to a lien with
respect to the  Lessee's  inventory  which may now or  hereafter be placed in or
about the  Premises,  whether  such claim may arise as a result of the  Lessee's
uncured default(s) under this Lease, or otherwise.  The Lessor consents that the
Lessee's  inventory may be encumbered  with a lien,  security  interest or other
encumbrance in favor of any lender or secured party;  and further  consents that
any such lien,  security  interest  or other  encumbrance  with  respect to such
inventory shall be prior in right, and senior to, any claim of Lessor under this
Lease.  Lessor shall,  at Lessee's  request,  execute and deliver an appropriate
lien  waiver  required by any  secured  lender of the Lessee,  which lien waiver
shall reflect the provisions of this Lease.

     17.2 No Waiver by Implication:  No waiver of any default of Lessee shall be
implied  from any  omission by Lessor to take any action on account of a default
if such  default  persists or shall be  repeated;  and no express  waiver  shall
affect any default other than the default  specified in the express waiver,  and
only then for the time and to the extent therein stated.  No failure on the part
of Lessor to  exercise  any right or remedy  granted  under this  Lease,  or the
failure of Lessor to insist upon strict compliance with the terms of this Lease,
shall be construed as a waiver of the Lessor's  right to exercise  such right or
remedy, or to demand strict compliance.  No course of conduct, nor any custom or
practice of the parties shall be construed as a waiver or modification of any of
the provisions of this Lease.


                                   Article 18
                        Insurance and Waiver of Recovery

     18.1 Compliance with Insurance  Requirements:  Lessee shall not violate, or
permit the violation of, any  condition  imposed by the standard fire  insurance
policy then issued for buildings  comparable to the Building;  and shall not do,
or permit  anything  to be done,  or keep or permit  anything  to be kept in the
Premises  which would  subject  Lessor to any  liability or  responsibility  for
personal injury or death or property damage, or which would increase the fire or
other casualty insurance rates on the Building over the rate which would

     18.4 If,  by reason of the  failure  of Lessee to comply  with the terms of
this Lease,  the rate of fire or other casualty  insurance on the Building or on
any of Lessor's property in the Building shall be higher than it otherwise would
be,  Lessee shall  reimburse  Lessor upon  request,  for that part of the excess
premiums for such insurance coverages.

     18.5  Insurance  Coverage  Limits:  Lessee  shall  provide on or before the
Commencement  Date,  and shall maintain in full force and effect during the Term
of this Lease, for the benefit of Lessor and of Lessee:

     a) a general  liability  insurance  policy  protecting  the  Lessor and the
Lessee  against any liability  whatsoever,  occasioned  by any  occurrence on or
about the  Premises or any  appurtenances  thereto,  in the amount of the Public
Liability Insurance Limits.

<PAGE>

     b) a casualty  insurance  policy  protecting  the Lessor  and  Lessee,  and
providing for coverage against loss or damage to Lessee's improvements and trade
fixtures  for not less  than  the  full  replacement  value  thereof  (provided,
however,  that Lessor  shall  maintain  casualty  insurance  on the Building and
Premises, excluding Lessee's improvements and trade fixtures).

     c) business interruption or rent interruption  insurance coverage providing
for the payment to the Lessor, in the event of a covered loss, installments on a
monthly basis of not less than the then-current Annual Rent provided for in this
Lease (such installments,  if any so paid to Lessor,  shall be credited against,
and offset from, the Rent otherwise payable by Lessee under this Lease).

     Such  policy or  policies  shall be  written  by a  reputable  and  solvent
insurance company  satisfactory to Lessor, and authorized to conduct business in
the  State of New York.  Such  policy  may be  carried  under a  blanket  policy
covering the Premises and other  locations of Lessee,  if any. Such policy shall
provide  that  not  less  than  ten  (10)  days  prior  to  its  termination  or
cancellation,  whether for  non-payment  of  premiums  or for any other  reason,
Lessor  shall be  notified  in  writing  of such  termination  or  cancellation.
Lessee's  failure to provide and to keep in full force and effect such insurance
coverage  shall be deemed to be a material  default  under this Lease  entitling
Lessor to  exercise  any or all of the  remedies  provided  in this Lease in the
event of default.

     18.6 Limitation of Lessor's  Liability:  Except as otherwise  expressly set
forth in this Lease to the  contrary,  the Lessor's  obligations  and  covenants
under this Lease may be enforced and satisfied  solely out of Lessor's  interest
in the  Building;  and  under no  circumstances  shall  any  claim or  demand be
asserted  against,  nor enforced or collected  from, any personal  assets of the
individual  comprising the Lessor, other than his interest in the Building;  and
all claims and  demands  which may be  asserted  against  any  member,  partner,
stockholder, manager, officer or director of Lessor, in their personal capacity,
is hereby waived.


                                   Article 19
                   Taxes on Lessee's Property and Lease Taxes

     19.1 Taxes on Lessee's  Property:  Lessee  shall be solely  liable for, and
shall pay before delinquency,  all taxes levied against any personal property or
trade fixtures  placed by Lessee in the Premises.  If any such taxes on Lessee's
personal  property or trade  fixtures  are levied  against the Lessor or against
Lessor's property,  or if the assessed value of the Building is increased by the
inclusion  therein  of a value  placed  upon  such  personal  property  or trade
fixtures of Lessee, and if Lessor, after Notice to Lessee, pays such taxes based
upon such increased  assessments  (which Lessor shall have the right but not the
obligation  to do,  regardless  of the validity  thereof,  but only under proper
protest if request by Lessee),  Lessee  shall upon  request  repay to Lessor the
taxes so levied  against  and paid by Lessor,  or the  proportion  of such taxes
resulting from such increase in the assessment; provided that in any such event,
at Lessee's sole cost and expense,  Lessee shall have the right,  in the name of
the  Lessor  and  with  Lessor's  cooperation,  to  bring  suit in any  court of
competent  jurisdiction  to  recover  the amount of any such taxes so paid under
protest, and any amounts so recovered shall belong to Lessee.

<PAGE>

     19.2 Lease Taxes:  If any government or  governmental  agency or department
levies a tax measured by or based, in whole or in part, upon the value or amount
of rent, which tax is payable  pursuant to the relevant law,  ordinance or state
by Lessee  (either  directly by Lessee or  indirectly by Lessor as collector for
the taxing authority), then Lessee shall pay the tax in accordance with any such
ordinance or statute,  or shall reimburse Lessor therefor.  This Paragraph shall
not be construed  so as to apply to Federal,  State and  municipal  income taxes
payable by Lessor upon its gross income.


                                   Article 20
                              Estoppel Certificate

     20.1 Execution and Delivery of Estoppel Certificates:  Lessee shall, within
ten days after written request from Lessor,  execute and deliver to Lessor or to
a person  designated  by Lessor a  certificate  in form  satisfactory  to Lessor
stating:  a) that this lease is unmodified  and in full force and effect (or, if
there has been a  modification,  that the same is in full force and effect as so
modified,  and stating the nature of the modification);  b) certifying the dates
to which Rent and  Additional  Rent have been paid; c) stating the amount of the
Prepaid  Rent;  and d) stating  whether  or not,  to the best  knowledge  of the
Lessee,  the Lessor has complied with the terms and  conditions of this Lease on
the part of Lessor to be performed (or, if such is not the case, stating in what
particular  Lessor has not so complied).  It is mutually  acknowledged  that any
such  certificate  delivered  pursuant to this  Article 20 may be relied upon by
others with whom the Lessor may be dealing.  If Lessee  shall fail to so execute
and deliver such  certificate  within the time required by this Article 20, then
Lessee does hereby irrevocably appoint Lessor as the agent and  attorney-in-fact
of  the  Lessee,  for  the  limited  purpose  of  executing  and  delivery  such
certificate in the name of Lessee and on Lessee's behalf.


                                  Article 20(A)
                                 Renewal Rights

     20(A).1 Renewal Rights: Provided the Lessee, at the time of the exercise by
the  Lessee of any  option to renew,  has then  fully  complied  with all of the
obligations  in this  Lease on the part of the  Lessee  to  perform  (including,
without  limitation,  the obligation to pay Rent and Additional  Rent when due),
and is not in default of its obligations under this Lease, then Lessee may renew
this Lease for an  additional  term ("the Renewal  Term") of five (5) years,  to
commence on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Commencement  Date, and to expire
on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Expiration Date, as follows:

     (a) Not later  than 120 days prior to the  Expiration  Date,  Lessee  shall
serve  Lessor with Notice to the effect that Lessee  elects to renew the term of
this Lease for the Renewal Term. Timely service of such Notice is of the essence
to the Lessee's exercise of the renewal rights granted hereunder.

     (b) Upon the service of such Notice, this Lease shall be deemed renewed for
the Renewal Term,  upon the same terms and  conditions  set forth in this Lease;
except that nothing in this Lease shall be construed as a right further to renew
the term of this Lease upon the expiration of the Renewal Term.

     (c) The failure of the Lessee to serve the Notice described in this Article
in a timely  manner  shall be deemed an  election by the Lessee not to renew the
term of this Lease for the Renewal Term; and this Lease shall  thereupon  expire
on the Expiration Date (unless sooner terminated).

     (d) The Rent payable during the Renewal Term (if exercised) shall be as set
forth in Article 1 of this Lease.

<PAGE>

                                   Article 21
                            Miscellaneous Provisions

     21.1 Legal Fees:  (a) Lessee shall pay upon  request all of Lessor's  costs
and expenses,  including the reasonable fees and disbursements of legal counsel,
incurred in enforcing  Lessee's  obligations under this Lease. The obligation of
Lessee under this Paragraph 21.1 shall be deemed Additional Rent.

     (b) If, in any action or  proceeding,  it shall be adjudged that Lessor has
failed to perform any of its  obligations  under this Lease toward Lessee,  as a
result of any claim or  counterclaim  brought  by Lessee  against  Lessor,  then
Lessor  shall pay to  Lessee  the  reasonable  fees and  disbursements  of legal
counsel so incurred by Lessee.

     21.2 Notices:  All Notices under this Lease shall be in writing,  and shall
be delivered  via  Certified  Mail,  Return  Receipt  Requested,  or via Federal
Express,  Express Mail, or via any other reputable  overnight  delivery  service
which  provides  written  evidence of delivery;  and such Notice shall be deemed
delivered  upon  receipt by the  addressee,  or refusal by the  addressee.  Such
Notice  shall be  addressed  to the party to whom such notice is directed at the
address shown in Article 1, or at such other or  additional  addresses as either
party may designate by Notice.

     21.3  Lessor's  Right to  Transfer or Assign  Interest in Lease:  Except as
otherwise  expressly set forth in this Lease to the contrary,  without the prior
consent of Lessee,  and without prior Notice to Lessee,  Lessor may transfer its
interest  in the  Building  and/or  in  this  Lease  subject  to the  terms  and
conditions of this Lease; and, after Notice of such transfer to Lessee,  and the
assumption  of the  Lessor's  obligations  under this  Lease by the  transferee,
Lessor shall be released from all liability under this Lease, except as to prior
acts of  default  (if any) by  Lessor,  and  Lessee  shall  look  solely to such
transferee for the  performance of Lessor's  obligations  hereunder.  Lessor may
assign its interest in this Lease to any lender as  collateral  security for any
loan;  but such a  collateral  assignment  shall  not  release  Lessor  from its
obligations under this Lease; and Lessee shall look solely to Lessor, and not to
any such lender, for the performance of Lessor's obligations under this Lease.

     21.4 Applicable Law; Unenforceable Provisions: This Lease shall be governed
in all respects by the laws of the State of New York.  If any  provision of this
Lease,  or the  application  thereof to any  person or under any  circumstances,
shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or
the  application of the offending  provisions to persons or under  circumstances
other than those as to whom or which it is held invalid or unenforceable,  shall
not be affected  thereby;  and every  provision of this Lease shall be valid and
enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

<PAGE>

     21.5  Entire  Agreement;  No Other  Representations:  This  Lease,  and the
Exhibits annexed to this Lease,  represents the entire agreement  between Lessor
and  Lessee.  There  are no  verbal  representations,  warranties,  promises  or
statements,  except to the extent that the same are  expressly set forth in this
Lease,  or in any other written  agreement which may be made between the parties
concurrently  with the execution  and delivery of this Lease,  upon which either
has relied in entering this Lease.  This Lease may not be modified by any verbal
agreement,  course  of  conduct,  practice  or  custom;  but  only by a  written
instrument signed by the party to be bound thereby.

     21.6 Ejustem  Generis:  The rule of ejustem generis shall not be applicable
to limit any general  statement set forth in this Lease which general  statement
is  followed by or refers to an  enumeration  of  specific  matters,  to matters
similar to the matters specifically mentioned.

     21.7 Brokers: If a Broker is named in Article 1, then Lessee represents and
warrants  to Lessor  that  Lessee  has not dealt with any real  estate  agent or
broker other than the Broker in  connection  with this Lease,  or in  connection
with Lessee's  introduction  to the Premises or to the  Building.  If any broker
(other  than the  Broker,  if one is  named in  Article  1)  claims  that it was
instrumental  in  introducing  the Building or the Premises to the  attention of
Lessee; or was the procuring cause of this Lease; or was otherwise entitled to a
commission as a result of this Lease, then Lessee shall indemnify Lessor against
and hold Lessor  harmless  from any such claim,  including  the  reasonable  and
necessary  costs and expenses of legal  counsel  incurred by Lessor in defending
any such claim.

     21.8  Unilateral  Termination:  Any  purported  unilateral of this Lease by
Lessee shall not be binding upon Lessor,  unless  accepted by Lessor in writing.
Tender  or  delivery  to  Lessor  of the  keys to the  Premises,  or  tender  of
possession  of the  Premises,  shall not  constitute a  termination  of Lessee's
obligations under this Lease, unless acknowledged by Lessor in writing that such
tender or delivery shall constitute a termination of this Lease.

     21.9 Relationship of Landlord and Tenant:  Nothing contained in this Lease,
a no course of conduct between Lessor and Lessee, shall be construed as evidence
of any relationship  between the parties except as landlord and tenant.  Neither
Lessor nor Lessee shall  assume any  obligation  to any third party  whereby the
other is or may be liable,  unless the  parties so agree in a writing  signed by
the party sought to be bound thereby.

<PAGE>

     21.10 Binding Effect of Lease:  Unless and until this Lease is signed by or
on behalf of Lessor and a counterpart bearing an original signature of Lessor or
of Lessor's duly  authorized  agent is delivered to Lessee,  this Lease shall be
deemed an executory offer to lease the Premises, which offer shall be subject to
withdrawal  at any time  prior to  acceptance  by  Lessor.  Acceptance  shall be
evidenced by Lessor's  signature,  or the signature of Lessor's duly  authorized
agent, to this Lease. The acceptance of rent, or a "deposit"  against rent, or a
"binder"  by any  person  shall  not  constitute  acceptance  by  Lessor of this
executory  offer.  After this Lease has been fully signed by the parties,  and a
counterpart has been delivered to Lessee,  this Lease shall be binding upon, and
shall inure to the benefit of, the parties1 respective successors and assigns.

     21.11 [Paragraph 21.11 is intentionally deleted.]

     21.12 Modification  Required by Lenders:  If a lender holding a mortgage or
deed of trust affecting any portion of the Building requires,  as a condition of
any existing or future  mortgage loan or secured loan, the repayment of which is
secured by a financial encumbrance upon the Building, that certain modifications
be made to this Lease,  which  modifications  will not require Lessee to pay any
additional amounts, nor affect the Term of this Lease, nor affect the conduct of
Lessee's business upon the Premises,  nor otherwise materially change the rights
or obligations of Lessee under this Lease,  Lessee shall, upon request,  execute
and deliver such instruments, without charge, to Lessor.

     21.13 Payments Applied at Lessor's Discretion:  Lessor shall have the right
to apply payments  received from Lessee,  regardless of Lessee's  designation of
such  payments,  to  satisfy  obligations  of Lessee  in such  order and in such
amounts as Lessor, in its sole discretion, may elect.

     21.14 Limitations to Lessor's Liability: Except for the gross negligence of
the Lessor,  Lessor and/or its agents and/or  employees  shall have no liability
for any loss or damage to property  entrusted  to employees or agents of Lessor;
nor for loss or damage to any property by theft or otherwise.  Lessor and/or its
employees  and  agents  shall not be liable for  interference  with the light or
other incorporeal hereditaments.

     21.15  Notice of  Lessor's  Default:  If Lessor is in default of any of its
obligations under this Lease, or if Lessee deems Lessor to be in default, Lessee
shall advise Lessor by Notice of the nature of the default within ten days after
Lessee has knowledge or actual notice of the act or occurrence which c6nstitutes
the default, and shall afford Lessor a reasonable opportunity to cure.

<PAGE>

     21.16  Waiver of Trial by Jury:  In any  action or  proceeding  brought  by
Lessor to enforce any right or remedy under this Lease,  or to enforce  Tenant's
obligations under this Lease, Lessee shall and hereby does waive trial by jury.

     21.17  Authorized  Signatures:  If Lessee is a corporation or  partnership,
Lessee  represents  and warrants to Lessor that the person  signing on behalf of
Lessee is duly  authorized by such  corporation  or  partnership  to sign on its
behalf;  and that the signature of such person is, in the case of a corporation,
duly authorized by resolution of its board of directors; and, in either case, is
binding upon the entity constituting the Lessee.

     21.18  Captions:  The captions  preceding  any Article or Paragraph of this
Lease shall not be deemed to be a material part of the Lease,  nor shall they be
deemed to control the meaning or content of any material provision;  and are for
convenience only.

     21.19 Personal Property,  Fixtures:  All fixtures located upon the Premises
as of the date of this Lease  constitutes  the sole property of the Lessor.  The
Lessee may use such property, without additional rent or charge, during the Term
of this Lease;  however,  no such  property  shall be  encumbered,  transferred,
disposed of or sold by Lessee during the Term. At the end of the Term,  all such
property shall be returned to the Lessor in substantially  the same condition as
exists  on the  date of  this  Lease,  reasonable  wear  and  tear  from  normal
commercial use excepted.  Repairs,  maintenance and (if required) replacement of
fixtures  shall be at the sole cost and expense of the Lessee;  and any items of
personal  property  so replaced  shall  become the  property of the Lessor,  and
returned to the Lessor at the end of the Term of this Lease.


                                   Article 22
                             Right of First Refusal

     22.1 (a) If at any  time  during  the Term of this  Lease,  or  during  the
Renewal Term,  the Lessor  elects to sell the Land and/or  Building in which the
Premises are located to any third party, prior to accepting  unconditionally any
offer from a third  party,  the Lessor shall first offer to sell the Land and/or
Building to Lessee upon the same terms and conditions, by written Notice. A copy
of any written offer or  conditional  contract of sale shall be furnished to the
Lessee  (but the Lessor may conceal the  identity of the offeror  from  Lessee).
Lessee shall have a period of fifteen (15) days from the time of delivery of the
Lessor's  Notice to elect (or not) the Lessee's Right of First Refusal.  Failure
to make a timely response by Notice to the Lessor's Notice shall be deemed to be
an election on the part of the Lessee not to exercise the Right of First Refusal
hereby granted.

<PAGE>

     (b) If Lessee elects to exercise its Right of First Refusal hereby granted,
the Lessee shall enter a formal contract of sale with the Lessor,  providing for
the same price, terms and conditions as the original offeror,  and providing for
the  conveyance by the Lessor of  marketable  title to the Land and Building not
later than ninety (90) days following the date of such contract,  free and clear
of all objectionable encumbrances.

     (c)  The  Lessee's  exercise  of  the  Right  of  First  Refusal  shall  be
conditioned  and contingent  upon the Lessee's  having  complied (at the time of
such exercise) with all of the Lessee's obligations under this Lease on the part
of the  Lessee  to be  performed,  including  the  obligation  to pay  Rent  and
Additional  Rent;  and upon there then being no uncured  defaults or breaches by
the Lessee of any of its obligations under this Lease.

     (d) The Right of First Refusal hereby granted shall not be exercisable, and
shall   not   apply,   in  the   event  of  a   no-consideration   transfer   or
less-than-market-value  transfer by any individual  Lessor to any spouse of such
person, or to any child or issue, nor to any trust for the benefit of any one or
more of them;  nor in the event of a transfer by operation of law to any heir or
distributee of the Lessor or to any joint owner with right of survivorship;  nor
in the event of a transfer of any  interest in the Land and  Building  under the
will of any individual Lessor.


                                   Article 23
                 Post-Closing Obligations under Contract of Sale

     (a) Simultaneously with this Lease, the Lessor, as Individual Sellers,  and
the Lessee  (or the  Guarantor  of the  Lessee,  if any) have  entered a certain
Contract of Sale for the sale of certain  assets of the  business  known as "The
Sound Mill",  which business was formerly conducted by the Individual Sellers at
the Premises,  upon the terms and  conditions set forth in said Contract of Sale
(the "Contract").  The Contract provides,  inter alia, for certain  post-closing
obligations of the Seller,  including without limitation  Seller's  post-closing
agreements under paragraphs First,  Ninth (b)(iii),  Ninth (c), Tenth (a), Tenth
(b),  Eleventh (c) and Sixteenth (b) of the Contract.  In connection  therewith,
the Seller has agreed to indemnify,  defend and hold Purchaser harmless from and
against all lost,  cost,  expense  (including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees) and
damage  incurred by Purchaser as a result of Seller's  failure to perform any of
Seller's  post-Closing  obligations,  representations  or  warranties  under the
Contract.

<PAGE>

     (b) Further, in connection therewith, the Lessor represents and warrants ~6
the  Lessee  that  there  is only one (1)  mortgage  currently  encumbering  the
Premises in the approximately  principal balance of $88,000.00 (which is paid to
date) and that the Premises  are  otherwise  owned by Martin  Goldbaum and Sally
Goldbaum  in fee  simple  title,  free and clear of all liens and  encumbrances.
Lessors agree that for a period of two (2) years from the Commencement Date, the
Lessors  will not  convey  title to or  re-mortgage  the  existing  mortgage  or
otherwise incurese the total mortgage balance  encumbering the Premises.  In the
event of the  Seller's  failure  to  perform  any of the  Seller's  post-Closing
obligations  referenced in paragraph Nineteenth (a) of the Contract,  the Lessee
shall have the right to offset the  Purchaser's  loss,  cost,  expense or damage
against  the Rent.  It is mutually  acknowledged  by Lessor and Lessee that this
provision  is part of the express  consideration  for the making of the Contract
and of this Lease.  At Lessee's  option,  Lessee may record a memorandum of this
Lease.

     (c)  Capitalized  nouns  which are not  specifically  defined in this Lease
shall have the same meaning as in the Contract.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this Lease has been  signed as of the date  stated in
Article 1.


   LANDLORD:                                      TENANT:
                                                  Harvey Electronics, Inc.


 ______________________________                        By:____________________
 Martin Goldbaum


 ______________________________
 Sally Goldbaum

<PAGE>

State of New York        )
County of Westchester    )                ss.:

     On , 1998, before me, a Notary Public of the State of New York,  personally
appeared MARTIN  GOLDBAUM and SALLY GOLDBAUM,  persons known to me, who did each
acknowledge to me that each signed the foregoing  instrument as his/her free act
and deed.

                                          ____________________________________
                                          Notary Public

State of New York             )
County of Westchester         )           ss.:

     On , 1998, before me, a Notary Public of the State of New York,  personally
appeared  , a  person  known  to me,  who  resides  at ,  and  is the of  HARVEY
ELECTRONICS, Inc., the corporation which executed the foregoing instrument; that
he knows the seal of said corporation, that the seal was affixed by order of the
Board of  Directors  of said  corporation,  and that he signed  his name,  as an
officer thereof,  pursuant to authority granted to him by the Board of Directors
of said corporation.

                                          ____________________________________
                                          Notary Public





                               SURRENDER OF LEASE


     AGREEMENT dated the 22nd day of December, 1998, by and between 873 BROADWAY
ASSOCIATES,  having an office c/o  Williams  Real Estate Co.  Inc.,  380 Madison
Avenue, New York, New York (hereinafter  referred to as "Landlord"),  and HARVEY
ELECTRONICS,  INC.,  a New  Jersey  corporation  having  an  office at 205 Chubb
Avenue, Lyndhurst, New Jersey 07071 (hereinafter referred to as "Tenant").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

     WHEREAS, by agreement of lease dated as of November,  1992, Landlord leased
to Reliable Broadway, Inc., a New York corporation, those certain premises known
as Store No. 2 and Basement No. 2 (the  "Premises") in the building known as 873
Broadway, New York, New York (the "Building");

     WHEREAS,  such lease was  assigned,  by  Assignment of Lease dated June 26,
1996,  to  Room  Plus  Furniture,   Inc.,   Tenant's   predecessor  in  interest
(hereinafter,  "Tenant's  Predecessor")  (such assignment  shall  hereinafter be
referred to as the "First Assignment");

     WHEREAS,  such  lease,  as  assigned,  was  further  assigned  to Tenant by
Assignment of Lease (herein,  the "Second Assignment") dated June 29, 1998 (such
lease,  as  assigned  and  together  with  any  modifications,   amendments  and
extensions thereof, if any, shall hereinafter be collectively referred to as the
"Lease");

     WHEREAS,  Tenant is now desirous of cancelling  the Lease and  surrendering
possession of the Premises;

     WHEREAS, Landlord is willing to accept a surrender of the Premises upon the
terms and conditions hereinafter provided.

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained
and other good and valuable consideration,  the receipt and sufficiency of which
is hereby acknowledged, it is mutually agreed as follows:

     1. The  Lease  is  hereby  cancelled  as of the  date  hereof  (hereinafter
referred  to as the  "Cancellation  Date")  with the same force and effect as if
said date were initially set forth in the Lease as the termination date thereof.

     2. Tenant  covenants and agrees that it will, on or before the Cancellation
Date,  surrender  possession  of the  Premises to  Landlord,  broom clean and in
accordance with the Lease provisions. Tenant hereby gives, grants and surrenders
unto the  Landlord,  its  successors  and  assigns,  the Premises and all of its
right,  title  and  interest  therein,  TO HAVE AND TO HOLD unto  Landlord,  its
successors and assigns, effective as of the day following the Cancellation Date.

<PAGE>
     3. Tenant hereby covenants that it has not done or suffered  anything to be
done whereby said Premises have been encumbered in any way whatsoever, nor shall
the Premises be in any way  encumbered on the day Tenant  surrenders  possession
thereof to Landlord. 

     4. Tenant warrants,  covenants and agrees, at its sole cost and expense, to
the extent reasonably practicable, fully and promptly cooperate with Landlord in
any action,  proceeding  or  endeavor  of Landlord to recover any moneys  and/or
damages from Tenant's  Predecessor  including,  without limitation,  damages due
from Tenant's Predecessor arising out of the First Assignment.  Such cooperation
shall  include,  without  limitation,  serving  as a  witness  and/or  providing
testimony (at depositions, in court, or otherwise), and promptly providing those
documents requested by Landlord.

     5. Tenant hereby  assigns to Landlord all its rights,  claims and interests
arising out of the Lease.  Tenant hereby releases  Landlord,  its successors and
assigns,  from any and all claims  and  obligations  under the  Lease.  Provided
Tenant  complies with the  provisions  hereof,  including,  without  limitation,
Paragraph 4, Landlord hereby releases Tenant from any and all claims of Landlord
for any payments due Landlord in connection with the Second Assignment.

     6. Landlord has simultaneously  herewith delivered to Tenant a check in the
amount of $39,748.00  (which amount  represents the sum of $50,000.00  less rent
due under the Lease through 12/31/1998 or $12,752.00 plus a rent credit equal to
$2,500.00),  and agrees to deliver a check in the  amount of  $40,000.00  on the
first anniversary of the date hereof, and a check in the amount of $35,000.00 on
the  second  anniversary  of the  date  hereof  as  consideration  for  Tenant's
agreement to surrender the Premises and comply with the other provisions of this
agreement including, without limitation, Paragraphs 4 and 5 hereof.

     7.  Provided  Tenant  fully and  faithfully  complies  with all the  terms,
covenants  and  conditions  of this  Agreement,  the  security,  or any  balance
thereof,  on deposit with Landlord under the Lease,  shall be returned to Tenant
within thirty (30) days after the Cancellation Date

     8. Tenant agrees to be responsible  for all charges for utilities  consumed
at the Premises to and including the Cancellation Date, as more particularly set
forth in the Lease.  The  obligation  of Tenant in respect of such charges shall
survive the cancellation of the Lease.

     9. Tenant  acknowledges  that this Agreement is being offered to Tenant for
signature by the managing agent of the building,  solely in its capacity as such
agent,  and is subject to Landlord's  acceptance  and approval.  Tenant  further
acknowledges  that it has affixed its  signature  hereto with the  understanding
that nothing herein  contained shall in any way bind Landlord or its agent until
such time as this  Agreement has been executed by Landlord and a fully  executed
copy delivered to Tenant.

     10.  Tenant  agrees  that it shall  solely be  liable  for,  and  warrants,
covenants and agrees to pay, any and all taxes (including,  without  limitation,
transfer  taxes)  due  to  any  governmental   authority  arising  out  of  this
transaction, all costs, expenses, fees, fines, penalties, or damages that may be
imposed on Landlord or Tenant by reason of Tenant's failure to comply therewith,
and  shall,  at  Tenant's  sole cost and  expense,  defend,  indemnify  and hold
Landlord  harmless  from  and  against  any  and all  liabilities,  obligations,
damages, penalties,  claims, costs and expenses,  including reasonable attorneys
fees,  paid,  suffered  or  incurred as a result of any breach by Tenant of this
Paragraph 10.  In case any action or proceeding is brought  against  Landlord by
reason of any such claim,  Tenant,  upon written notice from Landlord,  will, at
Tenant's expense, resist or defend such action or proceeding by counsel approved
by Landlord in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

     11. This Agreement may not be changed,  modified or cancelled  orally,  and
shall inure to the  benefit of and be binding  upon the  parties  hereto,  their
successors, legal representatives and assigns.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunder to set their hands and seals
as of the day and year first above written.

Witness for Landlord:                      873 BROADWAY ASSOCIATES


                                        By: /s/Martin Meyer
                                            ------------------------------
                                      Name: Martin Meyer
                                      Its:  Agent

Witness for Tenant:                        HARVEY ELECTRONICS, INC.

/s/Joseph J. Calabrese                 By:  /s/Franklin C. Karp
- ----------------------------               ------------------------------
Joseph J. Calabrese                  Name: Franklin C. Karp
Executive Vice President             Its:  President
 and Chief Financial Officer
Harvey Electronics





                                CONTRACT OF SALE


            MARTIN GOLDBAUM SALLY GOLDBAUM, The SOUND MILL, Inc. and

                  LORIEL CUSTOM AUDIO VIDEO CORP., as Sellers,

                                     with -

                       HARVEY ELECTRONICS, Inc., Purchaser



     This AGREEMENT is made as of July 2, 1998 among MARTIN GOLDBAUM,  and SALLY
GOLDBAUM, individually, and as officers and directors of The SOUND MILL, Inc., a
New York corporation  authorized to transact  business in the State of New York,
and of LORIEL CUSTOM AUDIO VIDEO CORP., a Connecticut  corporation authorized to
transact business in the State of New York and in the State of Connecticut,  all
of whom have a place of business at 115 East Main Street,  Mount Kisco, New York
10549  (collectively,   and  jointly  and  severally,   "Seller");   and  HARVEY
ELECTRONICS, Inc., a corporation authorized to transact business in the State of
New York,  having  offices at 205 Chubb  Avenue,  Lyndhurst,  New  Jersey  07071
("Purchaser" or "Buyer").

     WHEREAS,  the  Seller  owns and  conducts a retail  business  for the sale,
installation  and  servicing of audio and video  equipment  under the trade name
"The Sound Mill" at 115 East Main Street,  Mount Kisco, New York (the "Business"
and the "Premises", respectively); and

     WHEREAS, the Purchaser wishes to purchase, upon the terms and conditions of
this  Agreement,  certain of the assets of the  Business  listed on Schedule "A"
(including  Schedules A-1 through A-2 attached to this Agreement (the "Assets"),
subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement; and

     WHEREAS,  the  individual  Sellers  are the  owners of all the  issued  and
outstanding stock of The Sound Mill, Inc. and Loriel Custom Audio Video Corp.

     WHEREAS,  the  Purchaser  desires to purchase  the Assets set forth in this
Agreement,  and to lease  the  Premises  from the  Seller,  upon the  terms  and
conditions set forth in this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

     FIRST:  Upon the terms and  conditions  set  forth in this  Agreement,  the
Seller will sell, and the Purchaser  will purchase,  free and clear of all liens
or  encumbrances  the Assets of the Seller  located at the Premises;  excepting,
however:  (a) all cash on hand and in bank accounts of the Seller as of the date
of  Closing;  b)  accounts  receivable  of the  Seller as of the date of Closing
(inclusive of any loans  receivable by the Seller from any officer,  director or
employee of The Sound Mill or from any other  person) . In no event is Purchaser
assuming  any  liabilities  of  Seller  existing  as of the date of  Closing  or
thereafter.  Seller  agrees to indemnify and hold  harmless  Purchaser  from and
against such liabilities for a period of two (2) years subsequent to Closing.

<PAGE>

     SECOND:  (a) The Purchase  Price is Two Hundred Ten Thousand  ($210,000.00)
Dollars for the Assets of the Seller,  allocated as follows,  and payable in the
manner set forth in this Agreement:

     Furnishings, fixtures, vehicles and equipment:       $   50,000.00
     Franchises, trade name and good will:                $ 160,000.00

     (b) At the Closing, the parties shall complete and execute Internal Revenue
Code Asset  Acquisition  Statements  under Section 1060 of the Internal  Revenue
Code  consistent  with the  allocation  set forth above;  and each covenants and
agrees to file the  appropriate tax forms with their  respective  Federal Income
Tax Returns for their respective tax periods consistent with such statements.

     THIRD:  The  inventory and spare parts of the Seller will be disposed of in
the following manner:

     i) Promptly  following the execution of this Agreement by the Purchaser and
the Seller,  the  Purchaser  and Seller  will,  jointly,  inspect  the  Seller's
inventory  and spare parts at the Premises;  and the Purchaser  shall advise the
Seller of which items of  inventory or parts the  Purchaser  desires to purchase
from the Seller and the prices  offered by Purchaser  for such items,  and which
items the Purchasers does not wish to purchase from the Seller. Between the date
of this Agreement and the Closing, as to those items of inventory or spare parts
which the Purchaser does not purchase from the Seller, the Seller shall have the
privilege of  disposing  in any manner the Seller deems fit,  whether at retail,
wholesale or otherwise. However, in no event shall Seller conduct any "going out
of business" or similar sale at the Premises.  Prior to Closing,  those items of
spare parts and inventory  which the Purchaser does not purchase from the Seller
shall be removed from the Premises by the Seller.

     ii) With respect to the items to be purchased  by  Purchaser,  an inventory
shall be conducted  by the Seller and the  Purchaser  not more than  forty-eight
hours  prior to the time of  Closing.  Seller  agrees not to dispose of any such
items  between  the date  hereof and the time of Closing.  At the  Closing,  the
Purchaser  will pay to the Seller the Purchase  Price (as  determined  above) by
certified check, bank check or wire transfer.

     FOURTH: The Purchase Price, as determined as set forth above, shall be paid
as follows:

     i) Upon  the  execution  of this  Agreement,  the  sum of  Twenty  Thousand
($20,000.00)  Dollars, to be held in escrow by the attorney for the Seller in an
interest-bearing  account at Chase Manhattan Bank, N.A., 711 North Bedford Road,
Bedford Hills, New York, until the Closing.

<PAGE>

     ii) At the Closing,  the sum of One Hundred Ninety  Thousand  ($190,000.00)
Dollars,  plus the  agreed  value of the  inventory  and  parts,  if any,  to be
purchase by the Purchaser  from the Seller,  by bank check,  certified  check or
wire transfer to the order of the Seller.

     FIFTH:  This Agreement may not be assigned by the Purchaser or Seller.  The
Purchaser  may  designate a nominee to take title to the assets to be sold under
this  Agreement;  however,  any such  designation of a nominee shall not relieve
Purchaser  of  its  obligations  under  this  Agreement.  In  the  event  of the
designation by the Purchaser of a nominee,  the name and address of such nominee
shall be furnished,  in writing, to the Seller's attorney not less than ten (10)
business days prior to the Closing.

     SIXTH:  At the Closing,  the Seller will grant to the  Purchaser a lease of
the Premises  presently occupied by the Seller for the operation of the Business
(the "Lease"),  substantially  in the form of the proposed Lease annexed to this
Agreement  as Schedule  "B".  The  Purchaser  may  designate a nominee to be the
Lessee under the Lease; however, in the event of such designation, the Purchaser
named in this Agreement shall execute and deliver to the Seller, at the Closing,
a Guarantee whereby the Purchaser named in this Agreement shall  unconditionally
guarantee the full payment and  performance by the Lessee of all of the Lessee's
obligations  under  the  Lease.  Such  Guarantee  shall be in a form  reasonably
acceptable to Seller's attorney.  In the event of such designation of a nominee,
the name and address of such nominee shall be furnished, in writing, to Seller's
attorney not less than ten (10) business days prior to the Closing.

     SEVENTH:  All Notices under this  Agreement,  or under any instrument to be
delivered  at the  Closing,  shall be in  writing,  and shall be served upon the
person to whom such Notice is directed at the  respective  address  shown on the
first page of this Agreement,  with an additional copy thereof addressed to such
recipient's legal counsel. Counsel for the Seller is: Kenneth Karpel, Esq., P.O.
Box 388,  Pawling,  New York  12564-0388.  Counsel for the Buyer is:  Richard H.
Kaplan,  Esq.,  Rubin,  Kaplan &  Associates,  P.C.,  501 Hoes Lane,  Suite 100,
Piscataway,  New Jersey 08854-5000.  Any address to which a Notice is to be sent
may be changed,  provided  Notice of such change is given in accordance with the
provision of this Article SEVENTH.

     EIGHTH: The Closing shall be held at a time and place mutually agreeable to
the parties on or about August 1, 1998.

     NINTH:  (a) If the Seller  has  accounts  receivable  a the time of Closing
which are not fully  collected by the Seller,  such  accounts  receivable  shall
remain the property of the Seller.  The Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser at
Closing a schedule of the Seller's accounts receivable.  Purchaser shall have no
obligation to collect the Seller's  accounts  receivable on the Seller's behalf,
and the Seller shall collect the Seller's  accounts  receivable which are unpaid
as of the date of  Closing.  If,  however,  any  such  accounts  receivable  are
received  by,  or paid to,  the  Purchaser  on and  after  the date of  Closing,
Purchaser  will accept the same as the agent of the Seller,  in trust,  and will
promptly remit to the Seller the amounts so received,  if any.  Seller  reserves
the right to  direct  that  accounts  receivable  outstanding  as of the date of
Closing be remitted to an address other than to the address of the Business.

     (b) As of the Closing,  the Seller's  work-in progress shall be adjusted as
between the Seller and the Purchaser as follows:

<PAGE>

     With respect to each such work in progress:

     i) As of the  close of  business  on the day of  Closing,  the value of all
labor,  equipment,  materials and services actually delivered or provided to the
Seller's  customers and billed for, shall be deemed  accounts  receivable of the
Seller and the Seller  shall be entitled to retain  such  receivable  when paid,
following  the  Closing.  In no  event,  however,  shall  any  equipment  and/or
materials  delivered  or provided to the  Seller's  customers as of such date be
included in "inventory" to be paid for by Purchaser pursuant to the provision of
Article "THIRD" of this Agreement.

     ii) On and after the day  following  the  Closing,  the value of all labor,
equipment,  materials and services then and thereafter  delivered or provided by
Purchaser  shall be deemed accounts  receivable of the Purchaser;  and Purchaser
shall be entitled to bill for such labor, equipment, materials and services, and
to retain such receivables when paid, following the Closing.

     iii) Upon the execution of this Agreement by the parties,  the Seller shall
provide to the Purchaser a schedule of the Seller's work in progress including a
description  of each project and the status  thereof,  copies of all  contracts,
invoices  and  purchase  orders  and all  other  material  documentation,  and a
statement as to whether or not each such project shall be completed on or before
Closing;  which  schedule  shall be updated and such updated  schedule  shall be
provided to the Seller as of the date Closing. With respect to each such work in
progress  which  Seller  intends  to  complete  prior to  Closing,  such work in
progress shall be excluded from the Assets being  purchased  hereunder and shall
be included in Seller's accounts receivable retained by Seller.  Seller shall be
solely responsible for completion thereof prior to Closing. With respect to each
such work in progress which Seller does not intend to complete prior to Closing,
Purchaser  shall  have the  option  to  either  assume  or  reject  such work in
progress.  If  Purchaser  rejects  such work in  progress,  then Seller shall be
solely responsible for completion thereof post-Closing, in which event such work
in progress shall be excluded from the Assets purchased hereunder,  and shall be
included in Seller's  accounts  receivables  retained  by Seller.  If  Purchaser
assumes such work in progress,  then such work in progress  shall be governed by
paragraph  Ninth (d) below and shall be assigned to and assumed by  Purchaser at
Closing pursuant to said paragraph Ninth (c) below.

     (c) At the  Closing,  and  subject  to the  adjustments  set  forth in this
Agreement,  the  Seller  shall  assign  to the  Purchaser  all  outstanding  and
unperformed  work in progress which  Purchaser  elects to assume under paragraph
Ninth (b) (iii)  above;  and (to the extent  assignable)  all  franchise  and/or
dealer agreements with manufacturers  and/or distributors which Purchaser elects
to assume (as set forth on Schedule A) . If such  agreements  are not assignable
without the prior consent of the party(ies)  with whom such agreements have been
made, then the Seller will use the Seller's best efforts in good faith to obtain
such consent; but the failure to obtain such consent, or the refusal of consent,
shall not be a condition of Closing; nor shall such failure to obtain consent or
refusal to consent to the assignment of such agreements  result in any abatement
of the Purchase  Price payable at the Closing.  However,  if such consent is not
obtained, then at Purchaser's option such agreement shall be deemed rejected and
shall  be  Seller's  sole  responsibility  post-Closing.   The  Purchaser  shall
affirmatively assume to perform all such contracts and agreements so assigned on
and after the date of Closing.  The Purchaser  shall be entitled to bill for and
to  collect  (subject  to the  adjustments  and  allocations  set  forth in this
Agreement)  the proceeds of such assumed  agreements  from the  customers of the
Business.  Purchaser  shall,  and does hereby agree to,  indemnify  and hold the
Seller  harmless from any and all claims in connection  with  post-Closing  work
assumed by the Purchaser.  Seller shall, and does hereby agree to, indemnify and
hold  Purchaser  harmless  from  any and  all  claims  in  connection  with  any
pre-Closing  work performed by Seller and any  post-Closing  work not assumed by
Purchaser.

<PAGE>

     (d) Seller  shall,  prior to  Closing,  pay all wages,  salaries,  employee
benefits,  employment  taxes and employment  insurance  premiums with respect to
employees and/or independent  contractors of the Seller, which are due and owing
for any period prior to Closing.  At Purchaser's  option (and without obligation
to do so), Purchaser may offer employment to any or all of Seller's employees or
independent contractors, as of the Closing.

     (e) At the  Closing,  the Seller shall be entitled to a credit (to be added
to the balance of the Purchase  Price due at Closing)  equivalent to one half of
the prepaid portion of the Yellow Pages  advertisement  placed by the Seller for
the period computed from the Closing and ending  February,  1999. If any portion
of the cost of such advertisement is payable after the Closing (for example,  as
a surcharge shown on a telephone bill), then the Purchaser agrees to assume such
charge, and to pay such charge for the period from the Closing through February,
1999.  In the latter event,  the Purchaser  shall be entitled to a credit (to be
deducted  from the balance of the Purchase  Price due at Closing)  equivalent to
one  half of such  charges  for the  period  from the  date of  Closing  through
February,  1999. Prior to Closing, Seller shall provide to Purchaser appropriate
documentation  showing the  contract  terms,  prepaid  amount and unpaid  amount
sufficient for Purchaser to verify the appropriate closing adjustment.

     TENTH: (a) At the Closing,  the Seller will deliver to the Purchaser a bill
of sale  covering  all of the Assets  included  in this sale,  together  with an
affidavit  of the  Seller  certifying  that all of the  creditors  of the Seller
(except for tax obligations specified in paragraph Eleventh (c) below) have been
either paid in full, or will be paid in full  promptly  after the Closing out of
the proceeds of the sale.  Such  affidavit  shall specify the name,  address and
amount for all  creditors  to be paid out of the  Closing  proceeds,  and Seller
shall provide at Closing  appropriate  documentation  evidencing  such payments.
After the Closing, the Seller will indemnify the Purchaser and agree to hold the
Purchaser  harmless  from and against any claims  against the  Purchaser  or the
Assets asserted by any creditors of Seller.

     (b) At the  Closing,  and  subject  to the  adjustments  set  forth in this
Agreement, the Seller represents and warrants that all salaries, wages and other
compensation of the Seller's  employees or independent  contractors hired by the
Seller  shall have been fully  paid as of the close of  business  of the date of
Closing,   inclusive  of  all  withholdings  from  employees'  compensation  and
employer's  contributions for Social Security  benefits,  workers'  compensation
insurance,  and unemployment  Insurance  required under any applicable law to be
paid  by  employers   with  respect  to  such   salaries,   wages  and/or  other
compensation. If such withholdings from earnings or employer's contributions can
not  reasonably be calculated as of the date of Closing,  or if such matters are
customarily  calculated and/or paid at the end of a period following the date of
Closing,  the Seller shall promptly  calculate and/or pay the same as of the end
of such period. The Seller hereby agrees to indemnify the Purchaser against, and
to hold the Purchaser harmless from, any claims or liability with respect to any
of the matters  enumerated in this  paragraph  "(b)",  including any interest or
penalties  assessed  thereon by reason of the Seller's failure to pay any of the
same in the timely  manner.  This provision  shall survive the Closing.  Nothing
contained in this  Agreement,  however,  shall be construed as any obligation on
the part of the Seller to pay, nor to hold the Purchaser  harmless  from, nor to
indemnify  the  Purchaser  against,  any  claim  for  salaries,  wages  or other
compensation of Purchaser's employees and/or independent  contracts;  nor any of
the Sellers' former employees or former  independent  contractors who become the
employees or independent contracts of the Purchaser, for any period on and after
the date of Closing.

<PAGE>

     ELEVENTH:  (a) Within ten (10) days prior to Closing (or such  shorter time
as shall be required by New York or  Connecticut  law),  Seller will execute the
appropriate  Bulk Sales Tax Notice and Return or similar  document  required  by
law, and submit such return to the appropriate taxing authorities.

     (b) At least  fifteen  (15) days  prior to the  Closing,  the  Seller  will
furnish the  Purchaser  with the required  affidavit of  creditors,  which shall
include a list  (signed  and sworn to by  Seller)  of  Seller's  existing  trade
creditors  with the amounts owed to each and also the names and addresses of all
persons  or firms  who are known to Seller  to  assert  claims  against  Seller,
whether  disputed or not,  liquidated or  unliquidated.  Such Affidavit and list
shall be revised as  necessary  so as to be accurate and complete as of the date
of  Closing.  The  parties  shall  execute  and  deliver  such other and further
documents,  notices and statements as may be required or appropriate in order to
comply with the laws of the State of New York and  Connecticut  relating to bulk
sales.

     (c) Seller shall provide the Purchaser  with all  information  necessary or
appropriate  in order to notify the New York State  Department  of Taxation  and
Finance  and the State of  Connecticut  Department  of Revenue  Services  of the
nature of the transaction(s) contemplated hereby; and the parties agree that the
withholding  in  escrow of the sum of Sixty  Thousand  ($60,000.00)  Dollars  by
Seller's  attorney shall be sufficient  escrow pending the issuance of the Sales
Tax  clearance   letter  (or  its  equivalent)  by  each  of  the  above  taxing
authorities.  Seller  represents  and  warrants  that Seller has not  transacted
business in any states  other than New York and  Connecticut.  Said sum shall be
held by the attorney for the Seller, as Escrow Agent,  pending the issuance of a
Sales  Tax  clearance  letter  from  the  State  of New  York  and the  State of
Connecticut  showing no unpaid Sales Tax  liability of the Seller for any period
in either  jurisdiction.  If either Sales Tax  clearance  letter shows an unpaid
Sales Tax  liability of the Seller,  then the Escrow Agent shall use any portion
of the escrowed  funds to satisfy the same. If both Sales Tax clearance  letters
show no unpaid Sales Tax  liability  of the Seller,  then the Escrow Agent shall
release said funds to the Seller,  together  with any interest  actually  earned
thereon.  Until such Sales Tax  clearance  letters are  obtained,  Seller  shall
indemnify  and defend  Purchaser  from any such tax liability of Seller which is
imposed upon Purchaser or the Assets post-Closing.

     (d) At the Closing,  the Purchaser will pay the New York State Sales Tax on
that portion of the Purchase Price allocated to the non-exempt taxable chattels,
fixtures, equipment and machinery of the Assets to be sold under this Agreement.
Purchaser shall prepare, execute and deliver at Closing the New York State Sales
Tax Return.  In the event the New York State Department of Taxation and Finance,
or other taxing  authority,  shall  determine  that the  allocated  value of the
non-exempt chattels,  fixtures,  equipment and machinery subject to Sales Tax is
in excess of the allocation made in this Agreement, then the Purchaser shall pay
the Sales Tax on such  excess,  if any.  The Seller shall not be required to pay
such Sales Tax,  nor the tax on such excess if so  determined;  however,  if the
Seller  does pay any such Sales Tax,  then the  Purchaser  shall  reimburse  the
Seller fur the amount so paid,  upon ten (10) days'  written  Notice and request
for the same. The Purchaser  shall have the right to contest any such assessment
or re-assessment. This provision shall survive the Closing.

<PAGE>

     (e) As of the date of Closing, the Seller will furnish the Purchaser with a
letter signed by the accountant then regularly servicing the books of the Seller
to the effect,  in substance,  that to the knowledge,  information and belief of
such accountant and after review of all sales tax returns of Seller for the past
three (3) years,  all Sales Tax returns of the Seller for all  periods  prior to
the period in which the Closing shall occur have been duly filed with all taxing
authorities, and all Sales Taxes shown to be due on such returns have been fully
paid, with interest and penalties (if applicable),  and that to the knowledge of
such accountant the sales reflected in such returns accurately reflect the sales
of Seller for the periods covered  thereby.  Such letter shall further state, in
substance, that to the knowledge,  information and belief of such accountant, no
Sales Tax return so filed for any such prior  period has been audited or subject
to review by any taxing  authority  (or,  if audited or subject to reviews  such
audit and/or  review has been closed,  and any  additional  tax found to be due,
together  with  interest and  penalties,  if any, has been fully paid);  and, in
substance, that to the knowledge,  information and belief of such accountant, no
such  audit  or  review  is as of the date of  Closing  actually  threatened  or
pending.

     TWELFTH:  Following  the  Closing,  the  Seller  agrees  that none of them,
without the Purchaser's  prior written consent,  will engage (either directly or
indirectly,  excepting only as a less than five (5%) percent passive investor in
a publicly  traded  company) in the  operation  of an audio and video  equipment
servicing,  installation  and/or  sales  business for a period of five (5) years
following  the date of  Closing  within a radius of thirty  (30)  miles from the
Premises.  The foregoing  restrictive covenant shall not apply in the event of a
breach by the Purchaser of Purchaser's  obligations under the Lease, as a result
of which  breach the  Seller  shall have  elected  to retake  possession  of the
Premises.  No portion of the  Purchase  Price shall be deemed to be allocated to
the restrictive covenant set forth in this Article "TWELFTH".

     THIRTEENTH:  All of the parties to this Agreement mutually  acknowledge and
represent to the others that no broker was involved in the  introduction  of the
Purchaser  to the Seller,  nor in the  negotiation  of this  Agreement,  nor was
otherwise  the  procuring  cause  of  the  transactions   contemplated  by  this
Agreement. This provision shall survive the Closing.

<PAGE>

     FOURTEENTH:  The Seller  represents,  warrants and acknowledges that, as of
the date of this Agreement and as of the date of Closing:

     i) Seller is the owner of the Assets included in this sale, and that at the
Closing,  such  Assets  will be free and clear of all  liens  and  encumbrances,
except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement.

     ii) Schedule "A" (along with other applicable provisions of this Agreement)
contains a true and  complete  list of all of the Assets to be sold to Purchaser
hereunder;  and title to which will be conveyed  to  Purchaser  at the  Closing,
subject to the conditions of this Agreement.

     iii) The Seller has paid, or will pay out of the proceeds of the sale,  any
and all fees, taxes or other charges levied, assessed or imposed upon any of the
Assets of the Seller in the  operation  of the Business  which,  by the terms of
this Agreement or by law are the Seller's obligation to pay, except as otherwise
expressly set forth in this Agreement.

     iv) There are no lawsuits or governmental  proceedings  pending,  or to the
knowledge of the Seller  threatened,  against the Seller which might  materially
affect the  financial  condition,  the Business or the Assets of the Seller,  or
which  might  adversely  affect  the  ability of the  Seller to  consummate  the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The consummation of the transaction
contemplated  by  this  Agreement  are  not in  violation  of the  terms  of any
agreement,  judgment  or order to which the Seller is a party or under which the
Seller is or may be bound.

     v) There are no written  contracts  of  employment  between  Seller and any
officer or other employee or contractor of the Seller; and all oral contracts of
employment  are  terminable  at will,  or on not more than  thirty  days'  prior
notice.

     vi) The Seller has no pension, bonus, insurance,  profit sharing,  deferred
Compensation  or  retirement  plans for its  employees  which  might  impose any
Obligation or liability upon the Purchaser.

     vii) The Seller is not in default of any mortgage affecting the Premises or
the land and building in which the Premises are located.

     viii) The Seller will not,  between the date of this Agreement and the date
of Closing:

     a) Conduct  the  Business  in any  manner  other  than in the  regular  and
ordinary course;

     b) Enter into any transaction other than in the regular and ordinary course
of business;

     c) Make no commitments or contracts (other than this Agreement),  nor incur
any liability, extending beyond sixty days;

     d) Make no purchase of inventory for which  Purchaser  might be liable,  or
which Purchaser might be required to purchase from Seller, except in the regular
and ordinary course of business;
<PAGE>

     e)  Knowingly  violate  the terms of any  license  or  franchise  agreement
related to the operation of the Business;

     f) Increase the salaries of any of Seller's employees.

     ix) Except as  otherwise  requested by  Purchaser,  the Seller will use its
best efforts to preserve the Business,  to keep  available for the Purchaser the
services of present employees which Purchaser may elect to hire; to preserve for
the Purchaser the records of the Business; and to preserve for the Purchaser the
good will of Seller's  customers and others having  business  relations with it.
However,  the  ability  of  Purchaser  to hire  Seller's  present  employees  or
customers  is not and  shall  not be a  condition  of  Closing,  nor  shall  the
inability to hire any such employees and/or customers relieve any of the parties
of their  obligations  to consummate  the  transaction(s)  contemplated  by this
Agreement and by the Lease.

     x) There are no accrued benefits for vacation pay, vacation time,  personal
leave or sick leave in favor of any employee of the Seller,  except as otherwise
set forth on the Schedules  annexed to this  Agreement.  The Seller is not party
to, nor subject to, any union or collective bargaining contract.

     y) The consummation of the transactions  contemplated by this Agreement has
been duly authorized by Seller as Seller's duly authorized act and deed.

     FIFTEENTH:  The Purchaser represents,  warrants and acknowledges that as of
the date of this Agreement, and as of the date of Closing:

     a) The Purchaser is and will be a corporation duly organized under the laws
of the  State  of its  organization;  is in good  standing  in the  State of its
organization  and in the State of New York; and is duly authorized  regularly to
transact business in the State of New York.

     b) The Purchaser is and will be  authorized to enter and to consummate  the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  and by the  Lease,  and that all
necessary action to authorize the execution of this Agreement and the Lease, and
to consummate the  transactions so contemplated  have been taken;  and that this
Agreement and the Lease constitutes and will constitute,  when executed, a valid
and binding  obligation  upon the Purchaser,  and enforceable in accordance with
their respective terms.

<PAGE>

     c) That there are no claims pending,  nor any material  litigation pending,
nor (to the knowledge of the Purchaser)  threatened  against the Purchaser which
may  prevent  the  Purchaser  from  entering  this  Agreement,  the  Lease,  and
consummating the transactions contemplated thereby.

     d) The  Purchaser's  entering into this  Agreement and the Lease is not and
will not be in  violation  of the terms of any  agreement,  order,  judgment  or
governmental  rule or  regulation  binding  upon  the  Purchaser;  nor  will the
consummation of the transactions  contemplated hereby result in any violation or
breach  of  any  such  agreement,   order,  judgment  or  governmental  rule  or
regulation.

     e) All of the  representations  and warranties of the Purchaser are true as
of the date of execution of this Agreement;  and shall be true as of the date of
Closing.  SIXTEENTH:  (a)  Following  the  Closing,  the Seller shall permit its
warranty and service  records to remain with the  Purchaser.  The Purchaser will
safeguard  such records  until two (2) years from the date of Closing,  at which
time,  the Seller  shall  either  remove  such  records  from the  Premises,  or
Purchaser shall be permitted to abandon and discard the same.

     (b) Any labor which has been  performed  by the Seller prior to the Closing
which is subject to a guarantee or warranty of the Seller which  extends  beyond
the date of  Closing  shall  remain the sole  obligation  and  liability  of the
Seller.  Seller  represents and warrants that it has guaranteed to its customers
of home  installations  that,  for a period  of two (2)  years  from the date of
completion  of such  installation,  the labor so  provided by the Seller to such
customers is guaranteed; and that in the event that additional labor is required
to remedy any defective labor previously  provided,  such additional labor would
be provided to such  customers  at no charge.  At the  Closing,  the Seller will
provide the Purchaser with a list of all such  customers.  In the event any such
claim is made by any such  customer,  and  additional  labor is  required  to be
provided to such  customer,  then: i) Martin  Goldbaum shall be notified of such
claim,  and he shall have the  obligation  to resolve  such claim in an amicable
manner with such  customer;  and ii) if such claim can not be amicably  resolved
without the  expenditure  of additional  labor to remedy the same,  Seller shall
perform the work  required to resolve such claim.  If Seller fails to do so, and
if Purchaser  thereafter does so (without  obligation),  the Purchaser's cost of
such labor  shall be borne by Seller.  Seller  hereby  agrees to  indemnify  the
Purchaser  for the cost of the same.  This  provision  shall survive the Closing
until the expiration of all such guarantees.

     SEVENTEENTH:  (a) The Purchaser has relied upon no  representation  made by
Seller, nor by any representative or agent of the Seller, which is not expressly
set forth in this  Agreement,  which  Agreement  fully sets  forth the  parties'
respective  understandings  and  expectations.  This  Agreement  is  made by the
parties  after a full  examination  by the  Purchaser  of the  Business,  of the
Seller's books and records, and of the physical condition of the assets included
in this  sale.  Purchaser  is relying  upon no  warranty,  express  or  implied,
relating  to the  merchantability  of any of the assets  included  in this sale,
except  as  otherwise  set  forth  in  this  Agreement.   The  parties  mutually
acknowledge to each other that each has had the benefit of independent financial
and legal counsel in the negotiation  and  consummation of this Agreement and of
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
<PAGE>

     (b) On and after the Closing,  and subject to the terms and  conditions  of
this Agreement, the Purchaser shall, and does hereby agree to, indemnify, defend
and hold the Seller  harmless  from and against any and all claims,  liabilities
and/or  obligations which may accrue with respect to the Purchaser's  actions on
and after the date of Closing,  except those obligations  which, by the terms of
this  Agreement,  are to remain  the  obligations  of the Seller  following  the
Closing. This provision shall survive the Closing.

     (c) On and after the Closing,  and subject to the terms and  conditions  of
this Agreement,  the Seller shall, and does hereby agree to,  indemnify,  defend
and hold the Purchaser harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities
and/or  obligations  (except  those  obligations  which,  by the  terms  of this
Agreement,  are to be  assumed  by the  Purchaser)  of  whatever  kind or nature
arising out of the Seller's operation of the Business prior to the Closing. This
provision shall survive the Closing.

     (d) In the event that the Seller  shall fail to perform any of the Seller's
obligations  which, by the terms of this  Agreement,  are to be performed by the
Seller following the Closing,  or which  obligations are to survive the Closing,
then the  Purchaser  shall  deliver  a Notice  to the  Seller  setting  forth in
reasonable  detail the nature of the Seller's failure to so perform.  If, within
ten (10) days from the  delivery of such  Notice,  the Seller has not  performed
such  obligation  or (if full  performance  is not  reasonably  capable  of full
performance  within such ten-day  period) the Seller has not promptly  taken all
reasonable  steps to commence such  performance and to complete such performance
in a  reasonable  time  thereafter,  then the  Purchaser  may (but  shall not be
required to) complete such  performance on the Seller's behalf in a commercially
reasonable  manner.  In such latter case, the Seller shall upon written  request
(given by Notice) reimburse the Purchaser for the reasonable and necessary costs
and expenses so incurred by the Purchaser.  Nothing  contained in this paragraph
(d) shall preclude the Seller from challenging,  in good faith, the propriety of
such cost and  expense so  incurred  by the  Purchaser  (and so offset  from the
Rent); and if there be a final judicial  determination  that the reason for such
cost and  expense,  or the  amount  thereof,  or any  portion  thereof,  was not
incurred by the  Purchaser as a consequence  of the Seller's  failure to perform
the  Seller's  obligations  following  the  Closing,  then the  Purchaser  shall
reimburse  the Seller the  amount(s) so paid by the Seller or so offset  against
the Rent. This provision shall survive the Closing.

     EIGHTEENTH:   (a)  This  Agreement  may  not  be  modified  verbally.   Any
modification of this Agreement, in order to be binding, shall be in writing, and
signed by the party to be charged  with any such  modification.  This  Agreement
shall be binding upon the parties,  and upon their  permitted  assignees,  their
legal  representatives  and  successors.  Any noun or pronoun  contained in this
Agreement shall be deemed to include the masculine,  feminine or neuter genders;
or the singular or plural, as the context may require.

     (b) This Agreement  shall be construed and enforced in accordance  with the
laws of the State of New York.  The parties agree to submit to the  jurisdiction
of the  Supreme  Court of the  State of New  York,  County  of  Westchester,  in
connection with any dispute arising out of this Agreement.  This provision shall
survive the Closing.

<PAGE>

     (c) This  Agreement may be executed in multiple  counterparts,  each one of
which shall be deemed an  original.  By  affixing  their  respective  signatures
below, the parties  mutually  acknowledge that any person signing on behalf of a
corporation  has been duly  authorized  to so sign by the Board of  Directors of
such corporation;  and that such signature shall fully and effectively bind such
corporation to the obligations contained in this Agreement.

     NINETEENTH:  (a) In connection  with this  Agreement,  Seller has agreed to
certain   post-closing   obligations,   including  without  limitation  Seller's
post-closing  agreements under  paragraphs  First,  Ninth (b) (iii),  Ninth (c),
Tenth (a),  Tenth (b),  Eleventh  (c),  and  Sixteenth  (b) and has made certain
representations  and  warranties  which  shall  survive  Closing  hereunder.  In
connection  therewith,  Seller  agrees to indemnify,  defend and hold  Purchaser
harmless  from  and  against  all  loss,  cost,  expense  (including  reasonable
attorneys fees) and damage incurred by Purchaser as a result of Seller's failure
to  perform  any  of  Seller's  post-Closing  obligations,   representations  or
warranties hereunder.

     b) At the Closing hereunder, Martin Goldoaum and Sally Goldbaum shall enter
into the Lease for the Premises with Purchaser as set forth on attached Schedule
UBU.  Seller has  represented  and warranted to Purchaser that there is only one
(1) mortgage  currently  encumbering the Premises in the  approximate  principal
balance  of  $79,000  (which  is paid up to  date)  and that  the  Premises  are
otherwise  owned by Martin  Goldbaum and Sally Goldbaum in fee simple title free
and clear of all liens and  encumbrances.  Seller has further  agreed that for a
period of two (2) years  after the Closing  Seller  will not convey  title to or
re-mortgage  the  existing  mortgage or otherwise  increase  the total  mortgage
balance  encumbering the Premises.  In the event of Seller's  failure to perform
any of Seller's post-Closing  obligations referenced in paragraph Nineteenth (a)
above,  Purchaser shall have the right to offset Purchaser's loss, cost, expense
or damage  against  the rent  payable  under the Lease.  It is agreed  that this
provision is part of the express consideration for the making of this Agreement.
The foregoing provision shall be expressly included in the Lease.
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties have signed this Agreement as of the date
set forth above.


                                             The Sound Mill, Inc.

The undersigned Escrow Agent
agrees to be bound by the                  By: /s/ Martin Goldbaum   
provisions of Articles "FOURTH"             -------------------------
(i) and "ELEVENTH (c)" of the               Martin Goldbaum, President
foregoing Agreement:

                                              /s/Martin Goldbaum 
/s/Kenneth N. Karpel                        -------------------------
- -------------------------                    Martin Goldbaum, individually
Kenneth N. Karpel, Esq.                                     


                                             /s/Sally Goldbaum   
                                             -----------------------
                                             Sally Goldbaum, individually


                                             Loriel Custom Audio Video Corp.
                                        By:  /s/Martin Goldbaum           
                                             -------------------------
                                             Martin Goldbaum, President


                                             Harvey Electronics, Inc.
                                        By:  /s/Franklin C. Karp         
                                             -------------------------
                                             Franklin C. Karp, President

<PAGE>                                                

                                 Schedule "A-1"


     1) Furnishings, fixtures. vehicles, equipment included in the sale:

     (All located at 115 East Main Street, Mount Kisco, New York, "As Is")

Shelving, sales counter, carpeting
Built-in equipment racks, sales literature racks
Napco Alarm System
Halo track lighting
Switchers:        M&I, Switchcraft, Audio Authority, M&K
Bang & Olaffson "Wall"
Panasonic Telephone System
Computer System
Calculators, cash register, cash drawer
Fire extinguishers
Fax Machine
Shredder
Copier
Office desks, file cabinets, chairs and furnishings
Water Cooler
Refrigerator
Electrolux vacuum cleaner
Steel warehouse shelving
2 Large handtrucks (refrigerator size)
2 Standard size handtrucks
2 Furniture dollies
4 six foot fiberglass ladders
1 eight foot fiberglass ladder
1 twenty eight foot fiberglass ladder
1 Milwaukee Saws-All
1 Shop Vac
Extension cords
Solder stations
1995 Chevy Van with deluxe shelving system
1996 Chevy Van with deluxe shelving system
Repair shop equipment listed on Schedule A-2
Installation tools listed on Schedule A-3
Supplies

<PAGE>

     2) Inventory and spare parts included in the sale:

     as determined by paragraph Third


     3) Work in progress/contract rights included in the sale:

     as determined in paragraph Third

     4) Intangibles and Miscellaneous included in the sale:

     All  rights to trade  name "The  Sound  Mill"  Existing  telephone  # (914)
241-1230

     Existing telephone # (914) 241-1230

     Customer  list (which will be provided on computer disk along with computer
system)

     All computer software used in connection with the Business

     All existing  franchises  (subject to Buyer's right to reject any franchise
after reviewing the terms of the existing franchise agreement)

<PAGE>

                                 Schedule A - 2

Sound Technology 1OOOA FM Alignment Generator
Sound Technology 1700B Distortion Analyzer
Hewlett Packard 5315B Frequency Counter
Leader Laser Power Meter
Heathkit Audio Generator
Sencore VC 63 VCR Test Accessory
Sencore NT 64 NTSC Adapter
Sencore VA 62 Video Analyzer
Sencore SC 61 Scope
Sencore PR 57 Variable Isolation Transformer
Mitsubishi ctv-2 Substitute Control Panel
2 Soldering stations
Telematic Focus Adapter
1 Vise

<PAGE>

                                  Schedule "B"


                  (Annex copy of Lease as Exhibit to Agreement)




                                LICENSE AGREEMENT

     This  License  Agreement  ("Agreement")  is  entered  into as of the day of
September 30, 1998 between ABC HOME  FURNISHINGS,  INC., a New York  corporation
having  its  principal  office  at  888  Broadway,  New  York,  New  York  10003
("LICENSOR")  and HARVEY  ELECTRONICS,  INC. a New York  corporation  having its
principal office at Lyndhurst,  New Jersey  ("LICENSEE")  Sometimes LICENSOR and
LICENSEE  are  referred  to in this  Agreement  individually  as a  "party"  and
collectively as the "parties."

     The parties agree to the following:

     A. LICENSOR  operates a store more commonly known as ABC CARPET & HOME (the
"Store")  on  premises  referred  to as 888  Broadway,  New York,  New York (the
"Building")

     B. LICENSEE  desires the privilege and a license to operate an  electronics
department within the Store under the terms, covenants, and conditions set forth
in this Agreement (the "Department")

     C.  LICENSOR is willing to grant  LICENSEE  such  privilege and license but
only upon the terms, covenants, and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

     In  consideration  of the  mutual  promises  contained  in this  Agreement,
LICENSOR and LICENSEE agree as follows:

     1. Grant of  License.  LICENSOR  hereby  grants to  LICENSEE  and  LICENSEE
accepts the  privilege  to conduct and operate the  Department  in the Store and
other  areas  designated  by  LICENSOR  for  the  display  and  retail  sale  of
audio/video, home theater, audio-visual furniture and the custom installation of
such furniture and equipment,  consumer  electronics and electronic  accessories
(including  audio/video  furniture) and for no other purposes. It is anticipated
that the name of the licensed Department will be "HARVEY  ELECTRONICS" or a name
substantially  similar  thereto.  In no event may LICENSEE  sell any other items
without the prior written consent of LICENSOR,  which consent may be withheld at
the sole discretion of LICENSOR for any reason whatsoever. LICENSEE accepts this
Agreement  subject and subordinate to any underlying  lease,  mortgage,  deed of
trust, or other lien or encumbrance presently existing on the Store or hereafter
placed  upon the Store.  To the best of  LICENSOR's  knowledge,  no  permission,
approval, or consent by third parties or governmental authorities is required in
order for LICENSOR to enter into this Agreement.

     2.  Licensed  Space.  LICENSEE will  initially  occupy an area on the upper
mezzanine  of the first floor of the Store  consisting  of  approximately  4,500
square feet of lockable,  useable space,  inclusive of selling and display space
(the "Licensed Space").  The Licensed Space will be initially located in an area
of the Store that LICENSEE has been occupying up to the date of the execution of
this Agreement. The license of the Licensed Space includes all appurtenances and
existing  means of  access  to and from,  and all ways  over the  adjoining  and
surrounding area of the Store and other public spaces immediately  adjoining and
contiguous  to  the  Licensed  Space,  and  rights  appurtenant  to or  used  in
connection  with the Licensed  Space,  including the use of all common areas, so
long as such use is  consistent  with  LICENSEE's  use of the Licensed  Space in
accordance  with the terms of this Agreement.  In addition to the  approximately
4,500 square feet of store space on the upper  mezzanine  level,  LICENSOR  will
make  available to LICENSEE  approximately  500 square feet of lockable  storage
space in the  sub-basement of the Building.  All references in this Agreement to
the  Licensed  Space will include  both the  approximately  4,500 square feet of
store space on the upper mezzanine level and the  approximately  500 square feet
of  lockable  storage  space  in  the  sub-basement  of the  Building.  LICENSEE
acknowledges  that from time to time  LICENSOR  may need to increase or decrease
the size of the Licensed  Space and LICENSEE  consents to such  adjustments,  so
long as if the  amount of square  footage in the upper  mezzanine  level area is
reduced by 10% or more,  LICENSOR will be obligated to reduce the amount of base
license fees that LICENSEE pays LICENSOR hereunder proportionately.  If LICENSOR
needs to decrease the size of the Licensed Space by more than 20%, LICENSOR must
first notify  LICENSEE to  determine  whether  LICENSEE  will consent to such an
adjustment.  If LICENSEE refuses to consent, LICENSOR will have the right not to
proceed with such a reduction  in the  Licensed  Space by more than 20% and this
Agreement  will  continue  in force and effect.  On the other hand,  if LICENSOR
insists on proceeding with the reduction of more than 20% in spite of LICENSEE's
refusal to  consent,  LICENSEE  will have an option for a period of thirty  days
immediately  following receipt of written notice from LICENSOR that the Licensed
Space is going to be reduced by more than 20% to terminate  this  Agreement upon
one hundred  and eighty days prior  written  notice,  which  notice must be sent
within such thirty day option period.
<PAGE>

     3. Term. The term of this Agreement (the "Term") will commence on September
1, 1998 (the  "Commencement  Date")  and will  continue  until  January 1, 2001.
Thereafter, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect under the same
terms and  conditions  until  terminated  by either party upon not less than one
hundred and eighty days' notice to the other party.

     4. Collection of Sales Proceeds.  LICENSEE will collect one hundred percent
(100%) of its gross sales  proceeds  derived from the Licensed Space and will be
responsible  for paying all (i) applicable  sales and excise taxes,  (ii) credit
card and charge card charges,  (iii) check approval  verifications  costs,  (iv)
shipping  and  handling  charges and (v) costs  related  customers'  returns and
refunds,  and (vi) the amount of license  fees  payable by  LICENSEE to LICENSOR
hereunder.  The term "gross sales," as used in this  Agreement,  means the total
amount in dollars derived by LICENSEE from all paid-in-full (i.e., finalized and
delivered)  sales of merchandise and services  originating from LICENSEE's sales
from the Licensed Space, regardless of whether the customer's order is filled by
shipment or delivery from or at the Licensed  Space, or delivered from any other
place.  In  determining  whether a sale has been  finalized and license fees are
payable in accordance with the provisions of this  Agreement,  no deduction will
be made for any part or parts (or the whole) of the sales  that are  uncollected
or uncollectible.  Notwithstanding  anything  contained in this Agreement to the
contrary,  LICENSOR  agrees that LICENSEE will not be required to include in its
computation of gross sales any amounts LICENSEE charges for in-store repairs and
maintenance of goods sold by LICENSEE, but LICENSEE will be required to disclose
on its financial statements all repair service income from the Licensed Space.

     a. Sale and Excise Taxes. LICENSEE will have the right to deduct from gross
sales any  amounts  collected  by  LICENSEE  and paid out for any sales taxes or
excise taxes  imposed by any duly  constituted  government  authority.  LICENSEE
agrees to promptly pay all  applicable  sales taxes and excise taxes as and when
due.

     b. Credit Card  Charges.  LICENSEE  may deduct from gross sales any amounts
collected and paid out for any  applicable  credit card and charge card charges.
LICENSEE  will  also  have the  right  to  deduct  its  cost of  check  approval
verifications.  Credit card and charge card charges are agreed to be  calculated
at two  percent  (2%) of  LICENSEE's  credit card and charge card sales from the
Licensed  Space.  To be  deductible,  all credit card,  charge  card,  and check
approval verifications must be through LICENSOR's regular business processes. As
used in this  Agreement,  references to "credit  cards" will also apply to debit
cards and similar types of cards.

     c. Shipping and Handling Charges, Returns and Refunds.  LICENSEE may deduct
from gross sales all shipping and handling  charges to customers and the cost of
customers' returns and refunds.  LICENSEE may make all refunds thereof either in
cash, by check,  or credit slips through  LICENSEE's  register and LICENSEE will
maintain appropriate records of such transactions.

<PAGE>
      
     d. License Fees Payable.  Beginning on the commencement date of the term of
this  Agreement,  LICENSEE  shall pay LICENSOR a base license fee of $25,000 per
month,  payable on the fifteenth day of each month, to cover all net sales up to
and  including  $3,000,000  per  year.  Each  month  LICENSEE  will  cause to be
generated a business report in a form reasonably acceptable to LICENSOR relating
to the sales by  LICENSEE  from the  Licensed  Space.  The report will state the
amount of  paid-in-full  (i.e.,  finalized and  delivered)  net sales during the
month on which  royalties  are being  paid,  and will  provide  such  additional
information  as the parties may reasonably  request and agree upon.  Each report
will be  certified  as true by a duly  authorized  agent or officer of LICENSEE.
Said reports will indicate the total net sales for each monthly  period and such
other pertinent  information as LICENSEE may reasonably request. As used in this
Agreement,  the term "net sales" means LICENSEE's gross sales less all permitted
deductions pursuant to this Section 4. Additionally, LICENSEE shall pay LICENSOR
11% of LICENSEE's net sales in excess of $3,000,000 but less than $4,000,000 per
year and shall pay LICENSOR 12% of LICENSEE's net sales in excess of $4,000,000.
LICENSEE  shall pay LICENSOR  such  additional  license fees  annually each year
within sixty days of the end of LICENSOR's fiscal year end. LICENSEE also agrees
to provide  LICENSOR with LICENSEE's  audited  financial  statements  (including
LICENSEE's  calculation  of gross  sales and net  sales) and a copy of each 10-K
filed with the SEC within one hundred and five days after the end of each fiscal
year that occurs  during the term of this  Agreement.  If at any time during the
term of this  Agreement,  LICENSEE's  net  sales  are less  than  $2,100,000  of
annualized sales (calculated for any nine month period based on actual sales and
extrapolated  for twelve  months),  LICENSEE will have an option for a period of
thirty  days  immediately  following  the  nine  month  time  period  when  such
occurrence first happens to terminate this Agreement upon one hundred and eighty
days prior written notice to LICENSOR.

     5. Maintenance of Sales Records.

     a. LICENSEE will provide,  and at all times use and keep in good  operating
order and condition,  such systems of recording sales as LICENSOR,  from time to
time,  reasonably designates that will record sales on sequentially numbered and
daily dated invoices. LICENSEE covenants and agrees to preserve said daily dated
invoices for not less than one year after the end of the fiscal year of LICENSOR
to which they  relate.  LICENSEE  further  agrees that a  duplicate  copy of the
sequentially  numbered  invoice  describing the items  purchased and showing the
amount of the sale will be  delivered  to each  customer  for and at the time of
each sale. LICENSEE will record or cause to be recorded on LICENSEE's  registers
all sales made by or in the Department or originating  therefrom or attributable
thereto, regardless of whether for cash or other valuable consideration by means
of invoices as aforesaid, at the time of the sale.

     b. LICENSEE's failure to comply with the terms of this provision will be an
event of default and will constitute cause for LICENSOR' 5 immediate termination
of this  Agreement  if LICENSEE  fails to cure such event of default  within two
business  days of the date the event of default  first occurs and record on such
registers all sales for the period of time  LICENSEE was not in compliance  with
the terms of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
in this Agreement,  if LICENSEE is in violation or breach of any of the terms of
this Agreement and LICENSOR has sent written  notice to LICENSEE  regarding each
violation or breach two or more times  within a  consecutive  three  hundred and
sixty-five  day period,  regardless  of whether such  violations or breaches are
timely cured,  such  violations or breaches  will,  at LICENSOR's  election,  be
deemed deliberate and not curable on the second occasion thereof.

     c.  LICENSEE  further  covenants  and  agrees  to  record  sales  and other
transactions  from.  LICENSEE's sales from the Licensed Space in permanent books
of account,  in  accordance  with good  accounting  methods and  practices.  All
invoice  records and book records must be maintained  at the Licensed  Space and
LICENSOR will have right to audit, examine, copy, and make abstracts of the same
at any time upon reasonable  prior notice to LICENSEE.  If a discrepancy of more
than two percent (2%) in  underreporting  of sales is  determined as a result of
such audit or examination, LICENSEE will not only pay LICENSOR the amount of the
shortfall,  plus  interest at fifteen  percent  (15%) from the date the original
amounts were due and payable,  but will also reimburse  LICENSOR for the cost of
the audit or examination.

<PAGE>

     6. Operation of Licensed Space. LICENSEE shall keep the Department open for
the regular  transaction  of business,  with  adequate  inventory in stock,  and
staffed  with an adequate  number of trained  personnel  during such days of the
week as LICENSOR from time to time  reasonably  determines.  Such business hours
for the operation of LICENSEE's  business will generally be the same as those of
the Store. LICENSEE shall at all times have a competent manager in charge of the
Department who shall devote his or her entire business time and attention to the
conduct of the business thereof. Persistent understaffing of the Department will
constitute   grounds  for  termination  of  this  Agreement  (within  LICENSOR's
discretion).  LICENSEE  agrees that all  merchandise  exhibited  in the Licensed
Space will be consistent  with  LICENSEE's  past  practices  within the Licensed
Space.  LICENSOR,  by signing this Agreement,  acknowledges that the merchandise
"mix" in the Licensed Space as of September 1, 1998 was acceptable to LICENSOR.

     7.  LICENSEE's  Operational  Expenses.  Except  as  otherwise  specifically
provided  for in this  Agreement,  LICENSEE  shall  bear  and  promptly  pay and
discharge all expenses and  obligations in connection  with the operation of its
business,  including,  but not  limited to, (i) the  purchase  of all  fixtures,
merchandise,   materials,   and  supplies  in  the  Licensed  Space,   (ii)  the
compensation of its employees plus benefits,  taxes,  licenses,  and permit fees
payable to public  authorities,  (iii)  commission  expenses  paid to LICENSOR's
employees (in the amount of 2.5%) that are generated from the sale of LICENSEE's
goods and inventory,  (iv) all other expenses  regardless whether similar to the
foregoing that are incurred by either party in connection  with the operation of
the  Department,  (v) its  proportionate  share of the  agreed-upon  cost of any
cooperative   advertising   (including   direct  mail)  with   LICENSOR  at  the
then-applicable  rate  paid by  LICENSOR,  and (iv) all  shipping  and  handling
charges other than in connection  with  customer  returns.  LICENSEE is likewise
entitled to be paid  commissions  on sales of LICENSOR' s goods and inventory by
LICENSEE's  employees  and LICENSOR  agrees to credit  LICENSEE for such amounts
against  the  commission  expenses  that are  payable to  LICENSOR  for sales of
LICENSEE's  goods  and  inventory  by  LICENSOR's  employees.   With  regard  to
LICENSOR's  personal  shoppers,  LICENSOR agrees to use commercially  reasonable
efforts to encourage  such  personal  shoppers to promote the sale of LICENSEE's
furniture, fixtures, merchandise, and other goods and services.

     8.  LICENSEE's  Employees.  With  regard  to all  LICENSEE's  sales  in the
Licensed Space,  LICENSEE agrees to be solely responsible for providing adequate
accounting,  record keeping,  shipping,  and receiving  personnel for LICENSEE's
benefit.  LICENSEE agrees to have each of its employees who work in the Licensed
Space sign an acknowledgement form at the time of hire stating that the employee
is aware of the fact that he or she is an employee of LICENSEE and not LICENSOR.
LICENSEE  agrees to allow LICENSOR to review such  acknowledgement  forms at any
time during the Term or within five years after the end of the Term and LICENSEE
agrees to keep the  original  of such  acknowledgement  forms for a period of at
least  five  years  after the end of the  Term.  LICENSEE  agrees to assume  all
responsibility  and liability for all persons it employs.  Nothing  contained in
this  Agreement  will be deemed,  either  directly  or  indirectly,  to construe
LICENSOR as the master or employer of any of  LICENSEE's  managers or employees,
agents or servants and in the event of a dispute  regarding the  construction of
this Agreement, it will be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

     9. Keys;  Access.  LICENSEE will not be entitled to any keys or other means
of access to the  Building,  but will be entitled  to have keys to the  Licensed
Space but only on the condition that LICENSEE  furnishes  LICENSOR with at least
one key to the Licensed  Space.  In the event of an  emergency,  either a senior
manager  or a  general  manager  of  LICENSOR  will  have the right to enter the
Licensed Space without LICENSEE's consent and without prior notice. In all other
instances,  LICENSOR agrees to provide LICENSEE with prior notice of the need to
access the Licensed Space.

<PAGE>

     10. Merchandising, Pricing, and other Policies. All merchandising policies,
including,  but  not  limited  to  pricing  structure,  grades,  standards,  and
qualities of  merchandise  and inventory of LICENSEE are subject to the approval
of LICENSOR,  which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. It is agreed that
the pricing  structure of such merchandise to be sold in the Licensed Space will
be priced at no higher than that of LICENSEE's  existing  store  merchandise  in
LICENSEE's other stores in Manhattan and will be consistent with LICENSEE's past
practices regarding its pricing, presentation, and mix of merchandise.  LICENSEE
will not be permitted to sell any items not covered by the  description  in this
Agreement in the Licensed  Space without the prior written  consent of LICENSOR.
Additionally,  LICENSEE  shall  conform to all the  general  business  policies,
practices,  and procedures of LICENSOR, as same may from time to time during the
Term be amended or modified by LICENSOR.

     11.  Advertising.  All  advertising by LICENSEE  pertaining to its licensed
business  hereunder in any form  whatsoever  during the Term must be  consistent
with prior  practices  within the Store and will be subject to the  approval and
discretion  of LICENSOR,  and LICENSEE  agrees not to engage in any  advertising
without  LICENSOR's  written  consent.  To the extent that  LICENSOR  incurs any
agreed-upon  cooperative  advertising  expenses for the benefit of the Store and
all the  Licensees,  LICENSEE  agrees that  LICENSOR  will bill LICENSEE for its
share of such advertising  expenses and direct mail expenses and LICENSEE agrees
to pay any such  amounts  owed  within  ten days of the  date of  receipt  of an
invoice.  LICENSOR  agrees that  LICENSEE will have the right during the term of
this  Agreement  to  use  the  name  "Harvey  Inside  ABC  Home"  in  LICENSEE's
advertising. Moreover, to the extent that such action does not present a problem
with LICENSOR's other licensees,  LICENSOR agrees to use commercially reasonable
efforts to list  LICENSEE's  name among  LICENSOR's  store names except in image
advertisements and linens advertisements.

     12.  Customer  Complaints.  LICENSEE  covenants  and agrees to promptly and
satisfactorily resolve any customer complaints relative to business transactions
conducted  during  day-to-day  operation of LICENSEE's  business in the Licensed
Space within fourteen days of LICENSEE  receipt of same.  Failure by LICENSEE to
satisfactorily   resolve  customer  complaints  and  make  to  customers  proper
allowances  will  constitute  cause to terminate  this  Agreement.  Satisfactory
resolution of complaints and customer  allowances will be determined  within the
reasonable  discretion  of  LICENSOR.  LICENSEE  agrees  to  indemnify  and hold
LICENSOR  harmless  for  all  customer  related  problems,   complaints,  and/or
discrepancies of any sort or description, including replacement or repair of any
product purchased from the Licensed Space.

     13.  Utilities.  At  its  expense,  LICENSOR  will  provide  lighting,  air
conditioning, and heat during normal business hours for the Department when, and
to the extent, in LICENSOR's reasonable judgment, necessary, but at least to the
extent provided for the rest of the Store. LICENSEE agrees that, at its own cost
and expense, it shall install and maintain a telephone for the purpose of making
outside  telephone  calls.  LICENSOR  agrees to provide  to  LICENSEE a separate
telephone  extension for the purposes of identifying all of LICENSEE's  outgoing
telephone  calls  made from the  Licensed  Space.  LICENSOR  agrees to provide a
telephone through the Store's main switchboard for incoming  LICENSEE  telephone
calls, with the initial installation costs to be incurred by LICENSEE.  LICENSEE
agrees to pay for all telephone  calls  identified  by its  telephone  extension
number.  LICENSOR agrees to pay all real estate taxes on the Building during the
term of this Agreement and all charges for water used in the Building.

<PAGE>

     14. Insurance Coverages.

     a. LICENSEE shall procure and obtain commercial general liability insurance
coverage and products liability  insurance from insurance  companies or carriers
approved by LICENSOR of not less than one million dollars ($1,000,000)  combined
single  limit.  Such coverage must include  bodily  injury,  broad form property
damage,  premises/operations,  owner's protective coverage,  blanket contractual
liability,   products  liability,  and  completed  operations  liability.   Such
insurance  must be obtained from companies and through  brokers  approved by and
acceptable to LICENSOR  that are licensed to sell  insurance in the State of New
York.

     b. Such insurance policies must further provide that copies of cancellation
or termination  notices will be sent to LICENSOR no later than thirty days prior
to cancellation,  modification, or termination. Such language on the certificate
of insurance  will read as follows:  "If any of the  above-referenced  insurance
policies are canceled before the expiration  date thereof or non-renewed,  or if
the coverage of such policies is changed,  the issuing company shall provide the
additional  insured with at least thirty days' prior  written  notice  thereof."
LICENSEE  also  agrees  to  deliver  a copy of  each  insurance  policy  and all
endorsements  required in this Agreement to LICENSOR on the Commencement Date or
within  thirty  days of the date of this  Agreement,  whichever  is sooner,  and
annually  thereafter during the Term, within at least thirty days of the renewal
of such insurance coverage.

     c.  Duplicate  copies of the  policies  will be  delivered  to LICENSEE and
LICENSOR  within thirty days of the date of the  execution of this  Agreement or
within five  business  days of the date of  LICENSEE's  occupying  the  Licensed
Space, whichever is sooner, and annually thereafter within five business days of
the date such coverages are renewed.

     d. LICENSOR,  Jerome Weinrib and his wife, Norma Weinrib, and Evan Cole and
his wife,  Paulette  Cole,  must be  listed  as  additional  named  insureds  on
LICENSEE's  liability  insurance  coverages and as loss  co-payees on LICENSEE's
casualty insurance coverages, as their interests may appear.

     e. To the  extent  permitted  by state  law,  LICENSEE  agrees  to have its
insurers on any insurance  coverages that LICENSEE is required to maintain under
the terms of this Agreement waive  subrogation  rights and provide proof of same
to LICENSOR in the form of a written  notation on the  certificate of insurance.
Likewise,  to the extent  permitted  by state law,  LICENSOR  agrees to have its
insurers on any insurance  coverages that LICENSOR is required to maintain under
the terms of this  Agreement  waive  subrogation  rights  with  respect  to both
property damage and personal injury and provide proof of same to LICENSEE in the
form of a written notation on the certificate of insurance.

     f. To the  extent  any claims  are paid on  LICENSEE's  insurance  during a
policy year,  LICENSEE  agrees to  immediately  reinstate the minimum  amount of
coverage  so that the  minimum  amount of  insurance  coverage  required in this
Agreement  is in force at all times  during the Term.  The amount of the minimum
coverage  to be  maintained  at all  times  during  the  Term  is for an  annual
aggregate  amount.  Accordingly,  to the  extent  that a  claim  is  paid on the
insurance  policy at any time that  reduces the amount of the annual  aggregate,
LICENSEE  agrees to  immediately  purchase  additional  coverage to maintain the
annual  aggregate at the minimum  limit  throughout  the remainder of the policy
year and  provide  LICENSOR  with  proof of  having  purchased  such  additional
coverage.
<PAGE>

     g. All policies of insurance  provided for in this Agreement must be issued
by insurance  companies  that have had a general  policyholders'  rating for the
five consecutive years immediately preceding and including the year the coverage
is  written of not less than "A+" and with a  financial  rating of not less than
"A," as rated in the most  current  edition  of A.M.  Best  Company's  Insurance
Reports.

     h. Each insurance  policy  required under the terms of this Agreement to be
maintained by LICENSEE  will state that it is: (i) primary  coverage as respects
any claims, losses, or liabilities arising out of LICENSEE's use of the Licensed
Space;  (ii)  non-contributing;  (iii) not  supplemental  to,  nor in excess of,
coverage that LICENSOR may carry or that may be available to LICENSOR;  and (iv)
that any insurance coverage carried by LICENSOR will be excess insurance.

     i. No insurance  required by this  Agreement to be  maintained  by LICENSEE
will be subject to more than a $10,000 deductible limit or self-insurance amount
without LICENSOR's prior written approval.

     j. Any insurance  policy  required of LICENSEE  under this Agreement may be
furnished by LICENSEE under a blanket  policy  carried by LICENSEE,  but only if
such blanket policy contains an "Aggregate Limit per Location"  endorsement that
guarantees a minimum limit available for the coverage provided to LICENSOR equal
to the insurance amounts required in this Agreement for the Licensed Space.

     k. LICENSEE  agrees that all insurance  coverages  provided for pursuant to
this  Agreement  will be on an  "occurrence"  basis and not on a  "claims  made"
basis.

     1. LICENSEE  agrees that, if LICENSEE does not keep the required  insurance
coverages in force during the Term, LICENSOR will have the right, in addition to
all other rights set out in this Agreement, but not the obligation,  at any time
and from time to time,  and without  notice,  to procure the required  insurance
coverages and pay the premiums for the insurance, and that such premiums will be
repaid by LICENSEE to LICENSOR,  as additional royalty,  immediately upon demand
by LICENSOR. LICENSEE shall pay LICENSOR the cost of all such insurance premiums
incurred by LICENSOR,  together with interest thereon at the rate of ten percent
(10%) per annum,  along  with any  additional  costs and  expenses  incurred  by
LICENSOR in  connection  therewith,  without  prejudice  to any other rights and
remedies of LICENSOR  under this  Agreement.  LICENSEE also agrees that LICENSOR
has the right to offset  the  amount of any  premiums  paid for by  LICENSOR  on
LICENSEE's  behalf under this provision  against any amounts owed by LICENSOR to
LICENSEE.  It is expressly  understood that  procurement by LICENSOR of any such
insurance  coverage  will not be  deemed  to waive or  release  the  default  of
LICENSEE,  or the right of LICENSOR, at LICENSOR's option, to recover possession
of the Licensed  Space by reason of such default as provided in this  Agreement.
LICENSEE covenants and agrees to pay LICENSOR all damages that LICENSOR may have
sustained  by reason of the  failure of  LICENSEE  to obtain and  maintain  such
insurance  coverage,  it being  expressly  declared that the damages of LICENSOR
will not be limited to the amount of premiums paid by LICENSOR thereon.

<PAGE>

     m. LICENSOR,  its agents,  and employees make no  representations  that the
limits of  liability  specified  to be  carried  by  LICENSEE  pursuant  to this
Agreement  are adequate to protect  LICENSEE.  If LICENSEE  believes that any of
such insurance coverage is inadequate,  LICENSEE will obtain, at LICENSEE's sole
cost and expense, such additional insurance coverage as LICENSEE deems adequate.
LICENSEE  acknowledges  that the limits of insurance  required in this Agreement
will not,  however,  limit the liability of LICENSEE  either in tort or contract
under the terms of this Agreement with respect to LICENSEE's  negligence and any
such damage or harm proximately  caused thereby,  it being expressly agreed that
none of the requirements contained in this Agreement as to the types, limits, or
LICENSOR'  5 approval of  insurance  coverage  to be  maintained  by LICENSEE is
intended  to  and  will  not in any  manner  limit,  qualify,  or  quantify  the
liabilities  and  obligations  assumed  by  LICENSEE  under  this  Agreement  or
otherwise provided by law.

     n.  LICENSOR  represents  to  LICENSEE  that  LICENSOR  maintains  and will
maintain  during  the  Term  adequate  insurance  coverage  to  protect  against
LICENSOR's  risks  associated  with the  performance  of this Agreement and will
maintain adequate casualty insurance coverage on the Building during the Term.

     15. Independent Status.  LICENSEE shall conduct its business solely for its
own account and at its own risk,  and  LICENSOR  will have no  ownership  or the
right,  title, or interest in or liability with respect to the business thereof,
or (except as otherwise  specifically  provided in this Agreement with regard to
LICENSEE's obligations to pay commissions) in the receipts,  proceeds, or losses
thereof,  nor will  LICENSOR  be  deemed to be a  partner,  joint  venturer,  or
principal of LICENSEE.

     16.  Credit.  LICENSEE  will  have no right or power to  pledge  LICENSOR's
credit or to incur any obligations or make any commitments  that will be binding
upon LICENSOR,  without LICENSOR's express written consent,  it being the intent
of this  Agreement  that the  Department  will  constitute  an  independent  and
separate business,  belonging in its entirety to LICENSEE,  notwithstanding  the
fact that the Store and the departments thereof,  including the Department,  may
be advertised as though it is a single establishment under LICENSOR's ownership,
management,  or otherwise.  In the event of a dispute,  this  Agreement  with be
construed  to  preserve  LICENSEE's  independent  operation  as  a  stand  alone
business.

     17. Compliance with Laws.  LICENSEE agrees at all times and at its own cost
and expense to comply with all laws,  ordinances,  rules, and regulations of any
applicable  governmental agency or public authority with respect to or affecting
(i) its use and  occupancy of the Licensed  Space,  (ii) its hiring of employees
(including all Immigration  laws), and (iii) LICENSEE's  business or the conduct
thereof. Likewise,  LICENSOR agrees to comply with all laws, ordinances,  rules,
and regulations of any applicable  governmental  agency or public authority with
respect to or  affecting  (i) its use and  occupancy of the  Building,  (ii) its
hiring of employees  (including  all  Immigration  laws),  and (iii)  LICENSOR's
business  or the  conduct  thereof.  Each  party  hereby  agrees to  defend  and
indemnify the other party and save it harmless from any and all losses, damages,
liability,  costs,  or  expenses  resulting  from  any  violation  of any of the
foregoing  by  the  non-complying   party  regardless  whether  such  violations
originated  before or after  the date of this  Agreement.  LICENSEE  will not be
responsible for interior or structural alterations that are required as a result
of any laws that are enacted subsequent to the date of this Agreement or changes
in law that occur after the date of this Agreement.

<PAGE>

     18. LICENSEE's Furniture, Fixtures, and Equipment. All plans for installing
fixtures and signs in the  Licensed  Space must be submitted to LICENSOR for its
prior written consent, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. LICENSEE
shall,  at its own  cost  and  expense,  purchase  and  install  its  furniture,
fixtures,  and equipment to be used by it in the Licensed Space. Such furniture,
fixtures,  and equipment may be located only within the Licensed  Space and must
be substantially  similar to LICENSEE's  existing store(s) located in Manhattan.
Title to such furniture,  fixtures, and equipment will be and remain in LICENSEE
at all  times  and  LICENSEE  will  be  totally  responsible  for the  care  and
maintenance thereof.  Upon the termination of this Agreement,  LICENSEE shall at
its own cost and expense remove all such furniture,  fixtures, and equipment and
repair  any  damage to the  Store  that  might be  occasioned  by such  removal.
LICENSEE  agrees to pay any and all personal  property  taxes on its  furniture,
fixtures,  equipment,  and  inventory in the Licensed  Space and keep such items
fully insured at all times during the Term.

     19. Alterations and Improvements.

     a. LICENSEE may not make any alterations or  installations  in or about the
Licensed  Space or the Store without  LICENSOR's  prior written  consent,  which
LICENSOR  agrees not to  unreasonably  withhold,  delay,  or deny.  However,  if
LICENSOR deems it necessary to retain  architectural or engineering  supervision
for the purpose of determining  the structural  soundness of any request made by
LICENSEE for remodeling or rebuilding,  LICENSEE agrees to pay the cost thereof.
LICENSOR  will be given a  reasonable  amount of time to review and  approve the
contractor and the plans and  specifications  for the work proposed by LICENSEE,
which time will not be less than sixty days. If LICENSOR approves the contractor
and such alterations or  improvements,  LICENSEE agrees that the alterations and
improvements  shall be performed by LICENSEE in a first-class  and  professional
manner,  in  compliance  with all  municipal  codes,  federal  regulations,  and
applicable building standards.

     b.  LICENSEE  agrees  that any such  work  will be  performed  so as not to
adversely affect the structure,  safety,  systems,  or services of the Store and
that all such work will comply with all building,  safety, fire, and other codes
and   governmental   requirements   as  well  as  all  insurance   requirements.
Furthermore,  LICENSEE agrees that all such work will be performed in a way that
will not adversely  impact,  interfere  with, or disrupt either  LICENSOR or any
other  licensee  in the Store and that  LICENSOR  will have the right to require
LICENSEE to take reasonable  steps to minimize such  disruptions and to keep the
construction  work area free of dust and accumulation of debris and the hallways
and passageways open and passable at all times.

     c. On completion of any such work,  LICENSEE shall provide  LICENSOR with a
complete  set  of  "as  built"  plans  (to  1/8th  inch  scale),  copies  of all
construction contracts, and proof of payment for all labor and materials.

<PAGE>

     20. Maintenance and Repair of the Licensed Space.

     a. No rights  have been  granted to  LICENSEE,  except as set forth in this
Agreement,  with respect to the outside walls,  roof,  doors,  or windows of the
Store, and LICENSEE may not use them for any purpose  whatsoever.  LICENSEE will
not deface or damage any part of the Licensed Space or the Store. LICENSEE shall
take care to  maintain  the  Licensed  Space and any space  that is  immediately
adjacent  thereto  in the  same  condition  in  which  the  Licensed  Space  was
originally delivered to LICENSEE, reasonable wear and tear excepted.

     b. LICENSEE shall,  at its own cost and expense,  promptly make all repairs
to either the Licensed  Space or the property of LICENSOR or other  licensees or
tenants of the Store that may be required  because of the  negligence  or misuse
thereof by LICENSEE, its agents,  servants,  employees,  visitors, or customers.
LICENSOR  will,  at its own cost and expense,  promptly  make all repairs to the
property of LICENSEE that may be required by the gross negligence or intentional
acts of LICENSOR, its agents, servants, employees, visitors, or customers.

     c. LICENSOR  represents to LICENSEE that the Building is in a good state of
repair taking into account the age of the Building,  wear and tear excepted, and
that  LICENSOR  will keep the  Building in as good a condition as existed on the
commencement of LICENSEE' 5 occupancy of the Licensed Space, reasonable wear and
tear excepted,  during the term of this Agreement so that  LICENSEE's  customers
will have access to the Licensed Space.

     21. Release and Indemnification.

     a. Except for the willful acts of LICENSOR or the acts of gross  negligence
by LICENSOR, its agents, servants, and/or employees,  LICENSOR will not be under
any  responsibility  or liability for the safeguarding of LICENSEE's  furniture,
fixtures,  equipment,  or inventory.  LICENSEE hereby  indemnifies  LICENSOR and
covenants to hold it harmless from any and all liability,  costs,  charges,  and
expenses of any kind,  sort, or description  arising directly or indirectly from
LICENSEE's breach of this Agreement or from LICENSEE's occupancy of the Licensed
Space, and from any liability,  costs,  charges, and expenses resulting from any
injury to person or damage to property  occurring  in the  Licensed  Space or in
connection with LICENSEE's use thereof,  except for acts of gross  negligence or
willful misconduct by LICENSOR, its agents, servants, and/or employees.

     b. LICENSOR hereby agrees to indemnify LICENSEE from any and all liability,
costs,  charges,  or expenses of any kind, sort, or description arising directly
or indirectly  from  LICENSOR's  breach of this Agreement or from  LICENSOR's or
LICENSOR's willful acts or the acts of gross negligence by LICENSOR, its agents,
servants, and/or employees.

     c. LICENSOR WILL NOT BE LIABLE,  AND LICENSEE WAIVES ALL CLAIMS, FOR INJURY
TO OR DEATH OF PERSONS OR DAMAGE TO OR LOSS OF PROPERTY SUSTAINED BY LICENSEE OR
ITS INVITEES OR GUESTS  RESULTING FROM THE  IMPROVEMENTS  OR ANY PART THEREOF OR
ANY OF  LICENSOR'S  EQUIPMENT  OR  APPURTENANCES  BEING OUT OF REPAIR  FOR WHICH
LICENSEE WAS RESPONSIBLE FOR REPAIRING, OR RESULTING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY FROM
ANY ACT OR  NEGLIGENCE  OF  LICENSEE OR ANY  OCCUPANT OF THE  BUILDING OR OF ANY
OTHER PERSON,  OR FROM ANY OTHER CAUSE WHATSOEVER EXCEPT THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OF
LICENSOR,  INCLUDING  WITHOUT  LIMITATION SUCH CLAIMS FOR DAMAGE RESULTING FROM:
(i)  equipment  functioning  improperly;  (ii)  LICENSOR's  failure  to keep the
Licensed  Space  repaired;  (iii) injury done or  occasioned  by wind;  (iv) any
defect in or  failure  of  plumbing,  heating,  or air  conditioning  equipment,
electrical wiring, or installation  thereof, gas, water, or steam pipes, stairs,
balconies,  porches, railings, or sidewalks; (v) broken glass; the backing up of
any sewer pipe or downspout; the bursting, leaking, or running of any tank, tub,
wash  stand,  toilet,  waste pipe,  drain,  or any other pipe or tank in, on, or
about the Licensed Space; the escape of steam or hot water;  (vi) the falling of
any  fixture,  plaster,  or stucco;  and (vii) water,  snow,  or ice being on or
coming through the roof or any skylight,  trap door, stairs, walks, or any other
place on or near the Licensed Space, the Store, or otherwise.

<PAGE>

     22.  Representations.  LICENSOR  represents to LICENSEE that this Agreement
and the grant of the license  hereunder  will not  conflict  with or violate the
terms of any lease or other licensing  arrangement  relating to the Store within
which the  Licensed  Space is located.  LICENSOR  represents  that it has proper
authority and has obtained all necessary consents to license the Licensed Space.

     23. Relocation.

     a.  Notwithstanding  the above,  LICENSOR  reserves the right,  in its sole
discretion, to change the Licensed Space, or any part or parts thereof, to other
areas located in the Store,  upon thirty days' prior written  notice to LICENSEE
by  LICENSOR,  which  notice  will  include the date on which  LICENSEE  will be
required to relocate and a  description  of the space to which  LICENSEE will be
relocated.  Such subsequent space will have the same or  substantially  the same
square footage and configuration within the Store as the previous Licensed Space
and LICENSOR agrees to use commercially  reasonably  efforts to provide LICENSEE
with substantially equivalent space as the Licensed Space.

     b.  LICENSOR  will pay all  out-of-pocket  costs and expenses of relocating
LICENSEE  (including the cost of preparing such reasonably  comparable  Licensed
Space  for  occupancy),   provided  LICENSEE  furnishes  to  LICENSOR  invoices,
receipts, or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to LICENSOR relating to such
out-of-pocket expenses. In the event of such relocation,  such alternative space
will  for all  purposes  be  deemed  the  "Licensed  Space"  hereunder  and this
Agreement will continue in full force and effect without any change in the other
terms or conditions of this  Agreement and without any increase in the amount of
royalties.  Upon LICENSEE's receipt of said notice of relocation,  LICENSEE will
have the  option for a period of five  business  days from and after the date of
receipt of such notice to elect to either cancel this  Agreement or to cause all
of its  furniture,  fixtures,  equipment,  and  inventory to be moved to the new
Licensed  Space as  designated  in such notice,  to be effected on or before the
effective date of such relocation.

     c. For the purposes of this Section 23,  "comparable space" means (i) as to
the retail space, a segregated, lockable, and windowed space (i.e., windows into
the main showroom area) and having at least the same or  substantially  the same
square footage and configuration as the initial retail Space, including the same
number of acoustically  segregated sound rooms; and (ii) as to the storage space
in the sub-basement,  a space having access to the initial or replacement retail
space (as the case may be) substantially equivalent to or better than the access
from the initial storage space to the initial Licensed Space and having at least
the same or substantially the same square footage as the initial storage space.

     d. If LICENSOR needs to relocate LICENSEE to other licensed space, LICENSOR
must first notify LICENSEE to determine  whether LICENSEE will consent to such a
relocation. If LICENSEE refuses to consent to the relocation, LICENSOR will have
the right not to proceed with such  relocation  and this Agreement will continue
in force and effect.  On the other hand, if LICENSOR  insists on proceeding with
the relocation in spite of LICENSEE's refusal to consent,  LICENSEE will have an
option  for a period of thirty  days  immediately  following  receipt of written
notice from  LICENSOR  that  LICENSOR  plans to proceed with the  relocation  to
terminate this  Agreement  upon one hundred  eighty days' prior written  notice,
which notice must be sent within such thirty day option period.

<PAGE>

     24. Assignment and Subletting.  This Agreement may not be assigned in whole
or part,  or the  Licensed  Space sublet in any manner  whatsoever,  by LICENSEE
without the prior written consent of LICENSOR, which consent may be withheld for
any reason whatsoever,  and any attempts to do so will, at LICENSOR's  election,
be void and of no force and effect.

     25.  Interruption  of  Service;  Fire  and  Other  Casualty;  Condemnation;
Termination of License.

     a. Except for acts of gross  negligence  by LICENSOR,  LICENSOR will not be
liable to LICENSEE in any manner  whatsoever for any interruption,  failure,  or
discontinuance of any service,  facility, or supply that LICENSOR is required or
has undertaken to furnish to LICENSEE, or of the use by LICENSEE of the Licensed
Space.  LICENSEE  will  not  be  entitled  to any  reimbursement,  compensation,
damages,  abatement,  or royalties or other relief for any such  interruption or
failure, discontinuance,  or suspension of any such service, facility, or supply
or in the use of the Licensed Space.

     b. If the  Licensed  Space is damaged by fire or other  casualty,  LICENSOR
will not be liable  for any loss,  damage,  or  interruption  of  business  that
LICENSEE suffers by reason thereof.

     If during the Term,  the  Licensed  Space (i) is  substantially  damaged or
destroyed by fire, wind, or other casualty,  (ii) are  substantially  damaged or
destroyed by the negligence,  gross negligence,  or intentional tort of LICENSEE
or any person in or about the Licensed Space with LICENSEE'S  express or implied
consent,  or (iii) if any  mortgagee  of LICENSOR  requires  that the  insurance
proceeds  payable  as a result of a casualty  be  applied to the  payment of the
mortgage  debt or in the event of any material,  uninsured  loss to the Licensed
Space, then LICENSOR may elect, by written notice to LICENSEE sent no later than
sixty days from the date of the  occurrence  of the casualty  loss, to terminate
this Agreement and the license fees will be abated for the unexpired  portion of
this Agreement,  effective as of the date of the casualty loss. Additionally, if
there is an early termination of this Agreement under this Section 25 because of
substantial  damage to the Licensed Space or because the insurance  proceeds are
required to be applied to the mortgage debt, both parties will  automatically be
released from all further liability under this Agreement except as to matters of
liability  that will have accrued and remain  unsatisfied as of the date of such
termination and LICENSOR will have the right to retain all insurance proceeds it
collects. If LICENSOR elects not to terminate this Agreement, as provided for in
this Agreement, the provisions hereinafter stated will apply.

<PAGE>

     c. If,  during the Term,  the Licensed  Space is damaged by fire,  wind, or
other casualty,  but not to such an extent that rebuilding and repairs cannot be
completed  within a  reasonable  period  of time  from the date of the  casualty
damage,  LICENSOR  will, at LICENSOR's  sole option,  have the right to elect to
rebuild  or  repair  the   improvements   located  on  the  Licensed   Space  to
substantially  the same  condition that the  improvements  existed prior to such
damage or to  terminate  this  Agreement  by written  notification  to LICENSEE,
whereupon all rights and obligations under this Agreement will cease, except for
any  outstanding  obligations  or  indemnities  assumed by  LICENSEE  under this
Agreement.  LICENSOR  will have  sixty  days from the date of receipt of written
notification from LICENSEE of the occurrence of the damage to make such election
and  written  notification  of  LICENSOR's  decision  on whether to restore  and
reconstruct the Building  situated on the Licensed Space will be communicated in
writing  to  LICENSEE  within  sixty days of the date of  LICENSOR's  receipt of
LICENSEE's notice of the occurrence of the damage.

     (1) If  LICENSOR  elects to  rebuild  or repair the  Building  following  a
casualty  loss,  the license fees payable under this  Agreement will be adjusted
equitably by LICENSOR and LICENSEE  from the date of the damage  through the end
of the  reconstruction  period to reflect the  diminished  value of the Licensed
Space and the  diminished  value of the  portion  of the  Building  that was not
damaged.  But,  notwithstanding  anything  contained  in this  Agreement  to the
contrary,  LICENSOR  will not be required  to expend  more for such  repairs and
rebuilding than the net insurance proceeds actually received as a result of such
casualty that are allocable to the Licensed Space after any payment  required to
be paid to the mortgagee  under any mortgage.  If LICENSOR  elects to rebuild or
repair the Building following a casualty loss at any time within a period of one
year  following the casualty  loss,  LICENSEE will have the right to continue to
occupy  the  Licensed  Space for the  balance  of the Term on the same terms and
conditions set out in this Agreement.

     (2) If LICENSOR  elects not to rebuild or repair the Licensed  Space,  this
Agreement will terminate,  except for any outstanding obligations or indemnities
assumed by LICENSEE,  under this  Agreement  and the license fees will be abated
for the unexpired portion of this Agreement, effective as of the date set out in
the notice from  LICENSOR to LICENSEE  following  the  occurrence of the damage.
Additionally, if there is an early termination of this Agreement under the terms
of this section  either  because of substantial or partial dama9e or because the
insurance proceeds are required to be applied to the mortgage debt, both parties
will  automatically be released from all further  liability under this Agreement
except as to any outstanding obligations and matters of liability that will have
accrued and remain  unsatisfied  as of the date of such  termination,  including
claims of each party against the other for trade accounts (if any) , payments of
license fees, reimbursements, indemnification, and obligations arising under any
promissory notes or security agreements.

<PAGE>

     d. If the Store is condemned by any public authority,  sold under threat of
taking by eminent  domain,  or if the lease under which  LICENSOR  occupies  the
Store is canceled,  non-renewed,  or terminated by any reason  whatsoever,  then
this Agreement will, at LICENSOR's  option, be canceled and terminated as of the
date of such  condemnation,  sale, or  termination  without the necessity of any
prior notice to LICENSEE. By signing this Agreement,  LICENSEE acknowledges that
the Store is located on leased  premises  and that this  Agreement is subject to
the terms and conditions of such lease agreement for the Store.

     e. If  LICENSEE's  ability  to  occupy  the  Licensed  Space is  completely
interrupted  or totally  discontinued  for a period of more than seven  business
days, LICENSEE may cancel this Agreement by written notice to LICENSOR.

     26.  Liens.  LICENSEE  may not  suffer or permit  any UCC filing or lien to
exist on the Store,  the  Licensed  Space,  or any of the  furniture,  fixtures,
signs, equipment,  goods, and inventory located in the Licensed Space that would
in any way limit or  restrict  LICENSEE  from  complying  with the terms of this
Agreement and being able to sell LICENSEE's  goods and inventory in the ordinary
course  of  business.  If any such  UCC  filing  or lien is filed on  LICENSEE's
furniture,   fixtures,  signs,  equipment,  goods,  and  inventory  that  unduly
restricts  LICENSEE from  complying  with the terms of this  Agreement and being
able to sell LICENSEE's  goods and inventory in the ordinary course of business,
LICENSEE shall promptly  discharge the same at LICENSEE's  sole cost and expense
and LICENSEE  agrees to indemnify and hold LICENSOR  harmless  regarding any UCC
filings that conflict with this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the above,  LICENSOR
agrees  that  LICENSEE  will have the right to pledge its  furniture,  fixtures,
signs,  equipment,  goods,  and  inventory  located  in the  Licensed  Space  to
LICENSEE's  commercial  lenders and LICENSOR  agrees to waive any  landlord's or
other  liens  that it  might  have on  LICENSEE's  furniture,  fixtures,  signs,
equipment, goods, and inventory located in the Licensed Premises.

     27. Default by LICENSEE.

     a. If LICENSEE  allows the license fees payable  hereunder to be in arrears
more than ten days after the due date  thereof,  LICENSOR  may,  at its  option,
without notice to LICENSEE,  terminate this  Agreement;  or in the  alternative,
LICENSOR  may enter upon the  Licensed  Space by picking  or  changing  locks if
necessary and take possession of the Licensed Space,  without  terminating  this
Agreement, and expel or remove all persons and property therefrom, without being
(a) deemed guilty of any manner of trespass, (b) liable for prosecution,  or (c)
liable on any claim for damages  therefor,  and re-let the Licensed Space or any
part  thereof,  for  all or any  part  of the  remainder  of the  term  of  this
Agreement,  or any renewal thereof, to a party satisfactory to LICENSOR,  and at
such monthly license fees as LICENSOR may with  reasonable  diligence be able to
secure.  If LICENSOR is unable to find another  licensee for the Licensed  Space
after  reasonable  efforts to do so, or if such  license  fees are less than the
license fees LICENSEE was obligated to pay under this Agreement,  or any renewal
thereof,  then LICENSEE shall pay to LICENSOR the amount of such deficiency plus
the  expense of  locating  a new  licensee  without  limitation,  brokers'  fees
incurred by LICENSOR in connection  with finding a new licensee for the whole or
any part of the Licensed Space and all reasonable  expenses incurred by LICENSOR
in  enforcing  LICENSOR's  remedies,   including  reasonable   attorneys'  fees,
renovation expenses, and broker's commissions. However, notwithstanding anything
contained  in this  Agreement  to the  contrary,  in event of  default,  such as
bankruptcy  or  insolvency,  will not be  deemed  "cured"  or  being  diligently
prosecuted  while the bankruptcy  proceeding is pending.  If LICENSEE remains in
default under any other  condition of this Agreement for a period of thirty days
after the date of receipt  of  written  notice  from  LICENSOR,  or if any other
person than  LICENSEE  secures  possession  of the Licensed  Space,  or any part
thereof,  by reason of any  receivership  of  LICENSEE,  bankruptcy  proceedings
involving LICENSEE, or other operation of law in any manner whatsoever, LICENSOR
may, at its option,  without  notice to LICENSEE,  terminate  this  Agreement or
exercise any of the other remedies listed above in this Section 27.

<PAGE>

     b. LICENSEE  agrees that LICENSOR  shall be entitled to the benefits of all
provisions of law respecting the speedy recovery of land and tenements held over
by LICENSEE, including proceedings for forcible entry and detainer. LICENSOR and
its agents shall not be subject to  prosecution or liability as a result of said
entry or repossession, and LICENSEE shall compensate LICENSOR for its reasonable
expenses of making such entry and repossession.

     c. Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary herein contained,  if LICENSEE
is default  under the terms of this  Agreement  five or more times  within a one
hundred and eighty day period,  regardless of whether such events of default are
timely cured,  such defaults  will be deemed  deliberate  and not curable on the
last occasion  thereof,  thereby  giving  LICENSOR the  immediate  right to have
recourse to all LICENSOR's remedies hereunder.

     d. The remedies of LICENSOR  hereunder  shall be deemed  cumulative  and no
remedy of LICENSOR,  whether exercised by LICENSOR or not, shall be deemed to be
an exclusion of any other.

     28. Default by LICENSOR.  No default by LICENSOR hereunder shall constitute
an eviction or  disturbance  of  LICENSEE's  use and  possession of the Licensed
Space or render LICENSOR  liable for damages or entitle  LICENSEE to be relieved
from any of LICENSEE's  obligations  hereunder  (including the obligation to pay
the license fee) or grant LICENSEE any right of deduction,  abatement,  set-off,
or recoupment or entitle  LICENSEE to take any action  whatsoever with regard to
the  Licensed  Space or  LICENSOR  until  twenty days after  LICENSEE  has given
LICENSOR written notice specifically setting forth such default by LICENSOR, and
LICENSOR has failed to cure such default within said  twenty-day  period,  or in
the event such default cannot  reasonably be cured within said twenty-day period
then within an  additional  reasonable  period of time so long as  LICENSOR  has
commenced  curative  action  within said  twenty-day  period and  thereafter  is
diligently  attempting to cure such default. In the event that LICENSOR fails to
cure such  default  within said  twenty-day  period,  or within said  additional
reasonable period of time,  LICENSE shall have the right to proceed to cure such
default and deduct the cost of curing same, plus interest thereon at the rate of
ten  percent   (10%)  per  annum,   from  the  next   succeeding   licensee  fee
installment(s) owed by LICENSEE to LICENSOR hereunder.

<PAGE>

     29. Waiver of Default. No waiver by the parties of any default or breach of
any term,  condition,  or  covenant  of this  Agreement  shall be deemed to be a
waiver of any other  breach of the same or other  term,  condition,  or covenant
contained herein, nor shall any custom or practice which may grow up between the
parties  in the  administration  of the terms  hereof be  construed  to waive or
lessen the right of  LICENSOR  to insist  upon the  performance  by  LICENSEE in
strict  accordance  with the terms  hereof.  No provision of this  Agreement may
under any  circumstances  be deemed to have been waived by either  party here to
unless  such  waiver is in  writing  and signed by the party  charged  with such
waiver.  LICENSEE  agrees that the receipt by LICENSOR of the license fee,  even
with the knowledge of the breach of any covenant or condition of this  Agreement
by LICENSEE,  shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such breach and no provision
of this  Agreement  shall be deemed to have been waived by LICENSOR  unless such
waiver be in writing, and signed by LICENSOR.

     30.  Security  Deposit.  If  LICENSEE  defaults  under  any of the terms or
conditions of this Agreement  more than two times during any twelve  consecutive
months during the term of this Agreement,  LICENSEE agrees,  that in addition to
curing such event of default,  it shall pay LICENSOR a security deposit equal to
$25,000 ("Security Deposit"), which will be held by LICENSOR without interest as
security  for the  full and  faithful  performance  by  LICENSEE  of  LICENSEE's
covenants and obligations  under this Agreement,  it being expressly  understood
that such  deposit  is not an advance  payment  of license  fees or a measure of
LICENSOR's  damages if LICENSEE  defaults  again.  Following  the payment of the
Security  Deposit,  upon the  occurrence  of any event of default  by  LICENSEE,
LICENSOR may, from time to time,  without prejudice to any other remedy provided
in this Agreement or by law, use the Security Deposit to the extent necessary to
make good any  arrearages  of payment owed by LICENSEE to LICENSOR or any amount
as to which LICENSEE is in default or for any other damage, injury,  expense, or
liability caused to LICENSOR by such event of default,  regardless  whether such
damages or deficiency  accrue  before or after  termination  of this  Agreement.
Following any such application of the Security  Deposit,  LICENSEE agrees to pay
to  LICENSOR  on demand the amount so applied in order to restore  the  Security
Deposit to its original  amount and LICENSEE's  failure to do so within ten days
of the date of demand will be, at LICENSOR's  election, a material default under
this  Agreement.  If  LICENSEE  is not in  default  of this  Agreement  upon the
termination of this Agreement,  LICENSOR agrees to return any remaining  balance
of such  Security  Deposit to  LICENSEE  within  thirty  days of the date of the
termination  of this  Agreement.  LICENSOR's  deduction  of any amounts  owed by
LICENSEE to LICENSOR from the Security Deposit will in no event release LICENSEE
from being in default  under the terms of this  Agreement.  LICENSOR will not be
required to keep this Security Deposit separate from its general funds. LICENSEE
agrees that it will not assign or  encumber,  or attempt to assign or  encumber,
the monies deposited under this Agreement as security, and that LICENSOR and its
successors  and  assigns  will  not be bound by any  such  actual  or  attempted
assignment or encumbrance. If LICENSEE cures the event of default that triggered
the  obligation  to put up the  $25,000  Security  Deposit  and is not  then  in
default,  LICENSOR agrees to refund the $25,000 amount put as a Security Deposit
within ten days of the date of LICENSEE's request.

<PAGE>
      
     31. Termination of Agreement. Either party will have the right to terminate
this Agreement at any time, upon twenty-one days' prior notice in writing to the
other party mailed or sent by national  overnight  courier  service for next day
delivery to the other party's principal offices,  upon the occurrence of any one
of the following events:

     a. If  either  party  is  declared  insolvent  or  bankrupt,  or  makes  an
assignment  for the benefit of  creditors,  or if a receiver is appointed or any
proceedings are initiated  involving LICENSEE or LICENSOR pursuant to the United
States Bankruptcy Code or any amendment thereof.

     b. If either party  materially  defaults in the substantial  performance of
any provision of this  Agreement or if LICENSEE  fails to conform to the general
business policies,  practices,  or procedures of LICENSOR, as same may from time
to time during the Term be amended or modified by LICENSOR,  and such default is
not cured within ten business  days after receipt of a written  demand.  If such
default cannot be cured reasonably  within said ten business day period then the
defaulting  party will have an additional  reasonable  period of time so long as
the defaulting party has commenced  curative action within said ten business day
period and thereafter diligently attempts to cure such default.

     c. Additionally,  at the election of LICENSOR, LICENSOR will have the right
to terminate this Agreement at any time, upon  twenty-one  days' prior notice in
writing to LICENSEE  mailed or sent by national  overnight  courier  service for
next day delivery to LICENSEE's  principal offices,  if the business of LICENSEE
is sold,  leased, or for any reason passes from the actual possession or control
of LICENSEE,  or if  LICENSEE's  ownership  interest  (excluding  the  ownership
interests of Harvey Acquisition Company, L.L.C.) undergoes a fifty percent (50%)
or more change during the Term.  Upon the occurrence of such an event,  LICENSEE
must  notify  LICENSOR  immediately  thereof.  So long as  LICENSEE's  stock  is
registered  pursuant to the  Securities  Act of 1933 and such stock is regularly
traded on a  national  exchange,  a fifty  percent  (50%) of more  change in the
ownership of LICENSEE that occurs solely  through the open trading of such stock
on a national exchange will not be deemed to be a violation of this Agreement.

     32. Surrender of Licensed Space.  Upon the expiration or other  termination
of the Term,  LICENSEE  shall quit and surrender the Licensed  Space to LICENSOR
broom clean,  in good order and  condition,  ordinary  wear and tear and acts of
neg1igu~nce  by LICENSOR  excepted.  All  fixtures,  furniture,  equipment,  and
inventory  of  LICENSEE  must  be  promptly  removed  from  the  Licensed  Space
immediately thereafter at the sole cost and expense of LICENSEE. No act or thing
done by  LICENSOR  or  LICENSOR's  agents  during  the Term  will be  deemed  an
acceptance of a surrender of the Licensed  Space and no agreement to accept such
surrender will be valid unless it is in writing and signed by LICENSOR. LICENSEE
shall  notify  LICENSOR in writing at least  thirty  days prior to vacating  the
Licensed  Space to arrange a mutually  convenient  time to meet  LICENSOR  for a
joint  inspection  of the Licensed  Space prior to vacating.  To the extent that
LICENSEE  fails to comply with this  provision  of the  Agreement  and  LICENSOR
incurs any expense in bringing the  Licensed  Space up to  compliance  with this
provision,  LICENSEE  agrees to pay to LICENSOR all such costs,  including  lost
royalties  and  penalties  because of a delay in being able to turn the Licensed
Space over to a new  licensee  during the period of time  necessary to clean the
Licensed  Space.  Any cost or  expense  incurred  by  LICENSOR  as a  result  of
LICENSEE's  delay in surrendering  the Licensed Space,  including lost royalties
and  penalties,  or  involving  the  restoration  of the  Licensed  Space to the
standards  set forth in this  Agreement,  will be paid by  LICENSEE  to LICENSOR
immediately upon demand.

<PAGE>

     33.  Right to Use Name.  If LICENSEE  ceases to be licensed by LICENSOR for
any  reason,  LICENSEE  will not  thereafter  use or permit  the use of the name
"HARVEY  ELECTRONICS at ABC", or any combination with the word "ABC" in the name
or  trademark  of any  corporation,  partnership,  or  other  business  in which
LICENSEE  is  associated  in any  capacity,  directly  or  indirectly.  LICENSEE
covenants that it will not use, after the end of the Term, the name "ABC" in any
manner,  shape,  or form,  in any business or  employment,  nor the  designation
"Formerly with ABC" or any similar designation.

     34.  Non-Competition,  Non-Interference,  and  Non-Solicitation  Agreement.
During the Term  LICENSEE may compete  with  LICENSOR in the retail sales of the
goods  described  in this  Agreement,  but only so long as any  stores  owned or
operated  by  LICENSEE as Harvey  Electronics  within the areas  bounded by 34th
Street on the North,  Houston  Street on the South,  the East River on the East,
and the Hudson River on the West, are not expanded or enlarged by more than 110%
of the size of such stores on the date of the execution of this Agreement and so
long as  LICENSEE  does not open any new Harvey  Electronics  stores or commence
operations of any new  electronics  stores as Harvey  Electronics  on Manhattan,
within the area  bounded  by 34th  Street on the  North,  Houston  Street on the
South,  the East River on the East, and the Hudson River on the West,  either on
its own  account or as a partner or joint  venturer,  or as an agent or salesman
for any person or entity, or otherwise.

     a. Furthermore, LICENSEE agrees that it will not, either during the term of
the Agreement and for a period of one year immediately  following the expiration
or termination of the Agreement,  for any reason whatsoever,  either directly or
indirectly,  interfere  with  LICENSOR's  business  or  operations  and will not
solicit for hire or hire any of LICENSOR's employees or otherwise interfere with
or disrupt either the employment  relationship  between  LICENSOR and any of its
employees,  or the  relationship  between  LICENSOR  and  any  of  its  vendors,
supplies,  or  contractors.  Likewise,  LICENSOR agrees that it will not, either
during  the  term of the  Agreement  and for a period  of one  year  immediately
following  the  expiration  or  termination  of the  Agreement  for  any  reason
whatsoever, either directly or indirectly, interfere with LICENSEE's business or
operations and will not solicit for hire or hire any of LICENSEE's  employees or
otherwise interfere with or disrupt either the employment  relationship  between
LICENSEE and any of its employees or the  relationship  between LICENSEE and any
of its vendors, suppliers, or contractors.

     b.  LICENSEE  agrees that a breach or violation of these  covenants  not to
compete by LICENSEE will entitle LICENSOR, as a matter of right to an injunction
issued  by any court of  competent  jurisdiction,  restraining  any  further  or
continued  violation of these  covenants.  Such right to an  injunction  will be
cumulative  and in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other  remedies to which
LICENSOR  may  show  itself  justly  entitled.  These  covenants  on the part of
LICENSEE will be construed as an agreement independent of any other provision of
this  Agreement,  and the  existence of any claim or cause of action of LICENSEE
against LICENSOR,  whether  predicated on this Agreement or otherwise,  will not
constitute a defense to the enforcement by LICENSOR of these covenants.

<PAGE>

     c. If LICENSEE  violates these  restrictive  covenants and LICENSOR  brings
legal action for  injunctive or other relief,  LICENSOR will not, as a result of
the time  involved in  obtaining  the relief,  be deprived of the benefit of the
full one year period of the restrictive covenants.  Accordingly, the restrictive
covenants and the covenants and  agreements  not to solicit or interfere will be
deemed to have a duration of one year as specified above, computed from the date
the relief is  granted,  but  reduced by the time  between  the period  when the
covenants or  restrictions  began to run and the date of the first  violation of
the covenants or restrictions by LICENSEE.

     d. The  parties  agree that this  covenant is  reasonable  in both time and
scope.  However, if any court determines that the duration or geographical limit
of  any   restriction   contained  in  this  covenant  not  to  compete  or  the
non-solicitation provision is unenforceable,  it is the intention of the parties
that the  restrictive  covenants set forth in this Agreement will not thereby be
terminated but will be deemed amended to the extent  required to render it valid
and  enforceable,  such amendment to apply only with respect to the operation of
this  covenant  not  to  compete  or  the  non-solicitation  provision  and  the
jurisdiction of the court that has made the adjudication.

     e. The parties expressly recognize and agree that the restraints imposed in
this  Agreement (i) are  reasonable  both as to time and scope of activity to be
restrained;  (ii) are reasonably  necessary to the business  relationship of the
parties and to protect their legitimate interests; and (iii) are not oppressive.
The parties  also  recognize  that the failure by LICENSEE to observe and comply
with  the  covenants  and  agreements  set  out in  this  Agreement  will  cause
irreparable  harm to LICENSOR;  that it is and will  continue to be difficult to
ascertain the degree of harm and damage to LICENSOR as a result of the violation
of these restraints,  that the consideration paid and received by each party for
entering into these covenants and agreements is fair, and that the covenants and
agreements and their  enforcement will not deprive either party of an ability to
operate their business.  Each party further  expressly  acknowledges that it has
been  encouraged to and has consulted or has had the opportunity to consult with
independent  counsel and has reviewed and considered the terms of this Agreement
prior to executing this Agreement.

     f. The parties  recognize  that the covenants and  agreements of each party
under this  Agreement  are  special,  unique,  and of  extraordinary  character.
Accordingly,  it is the  intention of the parties that, in addition to any other
rights and  remedies  that either party may have in the event of a breach of the
terms and  conditions of this  Agreement by the other party,  the  non-breaching
party will be entitled  to demand and obtain  specific  performance,  including,
without  limitation,  temporary and permanent  injunctive  relief, and all other
appropriate  equitable  relief  against the breaching  party in order to enforce
against the breaching  party or in order to prevent any breach or any threatened
breach by a party of the covenants and agreements  contained in this  Agreement.
Additionally,  the parties agree that if any covenant or condition  contained in
this Agreement is held to be  unenforceable,  such covenant or agreement will be
reformed to the extent necessary to make such covenant or agreement enforceable,
and such covenant or agreement,  as reformed, will be subject to the enforcement
provisions of this Agreement.

<PAGE>

     35. Jurisdiction.  Notwithstanding the fact that one or both of the parties
is now or may become a resident or citizen of a different country or state, this
Agreement is to be interpreted  in accordance  with the laws of the State of New
York.

     36.  Jurisdiction  and Service of Process.  Each party  hereby  irrevocably
submits  to the  jurisdiction  of the courts of the state of New York and of any
federal court located in such state in connection  with any action or proceeding
arising out of or relating to this Agreement,  and each party hereby irrevocably
agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding  may be heard and
determined  in such  state or  federal  court.  Each  party  hereby  irrevocably
consents to the service of any and all process in any such action or  proceeding
by the mailing or the sending by national overnight courier service for next day
delivery of copies of such  process to the party at its address as  specified in
Section  40.  Each party  agrees  that a final  judgment  in any such  action or
proceeding will be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit
on the  judgment  or in any other  manner  provided by law.  Each party  further
waives any  objection  to venue in such state and any  objection to an action or
proceeding  in such  state on the  basis of forum  non  conveniens.  Each  party
further agrees that any action or proceeding  brought  against such party may be
brought only in a court of the state of New York or in a federal  court  located
in such state. Each party waives any right it may have to a jury trial.

     37.  Merger.  All  understandings  and agreements  heretofore  entered into
between the parties  regarding the subject  matter of this  Agreement are hereby
merged into this  Agreement,  which alone fully and completely  expresses  their
agreement  with  respect  to the  subject  matter  of this  Agreement,  and this
Agreement  has been entered into after full  investigation  by all parties,  and
neither  party is relying upon any  statements or  representations  by the other
party not embodied in this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified, except
by an instrument in writing signed by the parties.

     38. Non-Waiver.

     a. The  failure of either  party to seek  redress for  violation  of, or to
insist  upon the strict  performance  of any  covenant  or  condition  of,  this
Agreement or of any of the  provisions  set forth or  hereafter  adopted by said
party will not prevent a subsequent act that would have originally constituted a
violation  from having all the force and effect of any original  violation.  The
receipt by LICENSOR of  royalties  with  knowledge of the breach of any covenant
will not be deemed to have been  waived by  LICENSOR  unless  such  waiver is in
writing and signed by LICENSOR.

     b. No payment by  LICENSEE  or receipt by  LICENSOR  of a lesser  amount of
royalties  stipulated  in this  Agreement  will be  deemed  to be other  than on
account  of the  earliest  stipulated  royalties,  nor will any  endorsement  or
statement  of any  check or any  letter  accompanying  any check or  payment  as
royalties  be deemed in accord and  satisfaction,  and  LICENSOR may accept such
check or payment without prejudice to LICENSOR's right to recover the balance of
such royalties or pursue any other remedy provided in this Agreement.

     39.  Attorneys'  Fees and  Costs.  If any  action  at law or in  equity  is
necessary to enforce or construe this  Agreement,  the prevailing  party will be
entitled to recover from the  non-prevailing  party reasonable  attorneys' fees,
costs, and other disbursements reasonably incurred in such action in addition to
all other relief to which the prevailing party may be entitled.

<PAGE>

     40.  Notice.  Any notice  required in this Agreement must be sent either by
national  overnight  courier service for next day delivery or by certified mail,
return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and such notice will take effect when
actually  received or five  business days after the date it is postmarked by the
United States Postal Service,  whichever is sooner. The address of each party is
as follows:

LICENSOR                                                   LICENSEE

        ABC Home Furnishings, Inc.                  Harvey Electronics, Inc.
        38 E. 19th Street, 8th Floor                205 Chubb Avenue
        New York, New York  10003                   Lyndhurst, New Jersey 07071
        Attn:  Comptroller                          Attn:  Franklin C. Karp

with copy to:

        J. Walker Holland Richard H. Kaplan
        Tracy & Holland, L.L.P.                Rubin, Kaplan & Associates, P.C.
        306 West 7th Str. - Ste. 500           501 Hoes Lane
        Fort Worth, Texas  76102-4982          Piscataway, New Jersey  08854

     From time to time either party may  designate  another  address  within the
forty-eight  contiguous  states of the United States of America for all purposes
of this Agreement or add additional addresses by giving the other party not less
than thirty days' advance written  notice,  in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement, of such change of address.

     41. Recourse  Limitation.  The  obligations  incurred by LICENSOR under and
with  respect  to  this  Agreement  do not  and  will  not  constitute  personal
obligations, and do not and will not involve any personal liability on its part,
or on the part of any officer,  director, or shareholder of LICENSOR.  Likewise,
the obligations incurred by LICENSEE under and with respect to this Agreement do
not and  will  not  constitute  personal  obligations,  and do not and  will not
involve  any  personal  liability  on its part,  or on the part of any  officer,
director,  or  shareholder  of LICENSEE.  LICENSEE  specifically  agrees to look
solely to  LICENSOR's  interest in the  Building in the recovery of any judgment
from LICENSOR, it being agreed that LICENSOR will never be personally liable for
any such judgment.

     42. Legal Construction.  If any one or more of the provisions  contained in
this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid,  illegal,  or unenforceable
under present or future laws effective  during the Term in any respect,  and the
basis  of  the  bargain  between  the  parties  is  not  destroyed  or  rendered
ineffective thereby, such invalidity,  illegality,  or unenforceability,  to the
extent  possible,  will  not  affect  any  other  provision  of this  Agreement.
Moreover,  so far as is  reasonable  and  possible,  effect will be given to the
intent manifested by the portion held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable.  It is
further the intention of the parties that if any provision of this  Agreement is
capable of two  constructions,  one of which would render the provision invalid,
illegal,  or  unenforceable  and the other of which would  render the  provision
valid,  legal,  or  enforceable,  then the provision  will have the meaning that
renders it valid, legal, or enforceable.

<PAGE>

     43.  General Pules of  Construction.  This  Agreement  will not be strictly
construed either for or against either LICENSOR or LICENSEE,  but this Agreement
will be interpreted in accordance with the general tenor of the language of this
Agreement in an effort to reach an equitable result. No remedy or election given
by any provision in this Agreement will be deemed exclusive unless so indicated,
but each will,  wherever possible,  be cumulative with all other remedies in law
or  equity.  The  parties  acknowledge  that  this  Agreement  has  been  freely
negotiated by both parties and that each party (and its counsel, if any) has had
the  opportunity to review and revise this Agreement and that the normal rule of
construction to the effect that any  ambiguities are to be resolved  against the
drafting party will not be employed in the  interpretation  of this Agreement or
any amendments or exhibits to this Agreement.

     44.  Captions.  The headings and captions  contained in this  Agreement are
inserted for  convenience of reference  only, and are not to be deemed a part of
or to be used in  construing  this  Agreement.  The  captions  in no way define,
describe,  amplify, or limit the scope or the intent of this Agreement or any of
the provisions of this  Agreement.  All references in this Agreement to sections
or subsections thereof refer to the corresponding  section or subsection of this
Agreement  unless specific  reference is made to such sections or subsections of
another document.

     45.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be signed in multiple  counterparts,
each of which  will be an  original  and all  such  counterparts  together  will
represent but one and the same instrument; but in making proof of this Agreement
it will  not be  necessary  to  produce  or  account  for  more  than  one  such
counterpart.  The  counterpart  signed and held by LICENSOR  will control in the
event of any dispute or in any cases of  differences  between the  counterparts.
This Agreement  becomes  effective when one or more of the counterparts has been
signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other party.

     46.  Force  Majeure.  Neither  LICENSOR  nor  LICENSEE  will be required to
perform  any term,  condition,  or covenant  in this  Agreement  so long as such
performance is delayed or prevented by force  majeure,  which means acts of God,
strikes,   material  or  labor  restrictions  by  any  governmental   authority,
insurrections,  war, court orders,  civil riot, floods,  requisition or order of
any governmental  body or authority,  and any other cause not reasonably  within
the control of either LICENSOR or LICENSEE and that either LICENSOR or LICENSEE,
by the exercise of reasonable diligence, is unable, either wholly or in part, to
prevent or overcome.  However,  nothing in this Section 46 will relieve LICENSEE
of its  responsibility to pay, on a timely basis, all monetary  obligations owed
to LICENSOR, as set out in this Agreement,  or its responsibility to provide the
insurance coverages required in this Agreement.

     47. Time is of the Essence.  In all  instances  where  LICENSEE is required
under this  Agreement to pay any amount or do any act at a particular  indicated
time or within any indicated  period of time,  it is understood  that time is of
the essence. All performance dates, time schedules,  and conditions precedent to
exercising  any right will be strictly  adhered to without  delay  except  where
otherwise  expressly  provided.  In  computing  any  period  of  time by days as
provided in this  Agreement,  the date of the act,  event, or default from which
the designated  period of time begins to run will not be included.  The last day
of the  period so  computed  will be  included  unless  the last day of any time
period stated in this Agreement falls on either a Saturday or Sunday or falls on
a legal  holiday  recognized  by the  United  States  Postal  Service,  then the
duration  of such  time  period  will be  extended  so that it ends on the  next
succeeding day that is not a Saturday,  Sunday,  legal holiday recognized by the
United States Postal Service.

<PAGE>
     48.  Survival.  LICENSOR  and  LICENSEE  expressly  agree  that  (i) all of
LICENSEE's obligations hereunder that have not been fully performed, (ii) all of
LICENSEE's  warranties,  representations,  covenants,  and indemnity  provisions
contained in this  Agreement,  and (iii) all  provisions of this  Agreement that
contemplate performance by LICENSEE after the expiration or early termination of
this  Agreement,  will survive either the  termination of this Agreement for any
reason, the surrender or return of possession of the Licensed Space by LICENSEE,
or the loss of  LICENSEE's  right of  possession  for any reason set out in this
Agreement.

     49. Business Day. As used in this Agreement,  the term "business day" means
any day of the week, Monday through Friday, that is not recognized by the United
States Postal Service as a national holiday and on which national banks are open
for business.

     50.   Expiration.   LICENSEE's   right  to  sign  this  Agreement  will  be
automatically  revoked unless LICENSEE signs this Agreement and delivers same to
LICENSOR at its address set out in this  Agreement on or before 5:00 p.m. CST on
October ___, 1998.

LICENSOR:                                 ABC HOME FURNISHINGS, INC.


                                By:       /s/ Evan Cole                    
                                          --------------------------------
                                          Evan Cole - President



LICENSEE:                                 HARVEY ELECTRONICS, INC.


                               By:        /s/ Franklin C. Karp           
                                          -------------------------------
                                          Franklin C. Karp
                               Title:     President                          


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                              5
<CIK>                                  0000046043
<NAME>                                 Harvey Electronics, Inc.
       
<S>                                      <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                          12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                      OCT-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                         NOV-02-1997
<PERIOD-END>                           OCT-31-1998
<CASH>                                        221,444
<SECURITIES>                                        0
<RECEIVABLES>                                 390,635
<ALLOWANCES>                                  (25,000)
<INVENTORY>                                 4,014,936
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                            4,953,606
<PP&E>                                      1,851,537
<DEPRECIATION>                               (408,711)
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                              8,389,259
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                       2,598,514
<BONDS>                                             0
                               0
                                   402,037
<COMMON>                                       32,828
<OTHER-SE>                                  5,524,557
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                8,389,259
<SALES>                                    17,262,082
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                           17,332,446
<CGS>                                      10,646,491
<TOTAL-COSTS>                               6,756,254
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                              534,942
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                    0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                            223,630
<INCOME-PRETAX>                              (828,871)
<INCOME-TAX>                                        0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                          (828,871)
<DISCONTINUED>                                      0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                     0
<CHANGES>                                           0
<NET-INCOME>                                 (828,871)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                   (0.32)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   (0.32)
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission